STAG Wireline Manual

technical training 2007
Module FE1
Wireline Logs
&
LWD Interpretation
Stag Geological Services Ltd.
Reading
UK
Revision J
February 2007
technical training 2007

WIreline Logs & LWD Interpretation
Chapter 1
Introduction
Chapter 2
Spontaneous Potential Logs
Chapter 3
Gamma Ray Logs
Chapter 4
Resistivity Logs
Chapter 5
Bulk Density Logs
Chapter 6
Neutron Porosity Logs
Chapter 7
Sonic Logs
Chapter 8
Lithology Determination
Chapter 9
Reservoir Evaluation
Chapter 10
Shaly Sand Analysis
Chapter 11
MWD Overview
Chapter 12
LWD Imaging Logs
Chapter 13
Log Witnessing
Appendix A
Vendor Brochures
Appendix B
Log Interpretation Charts
Figure 1: Table of Contents
Introduction
Introduction
Locating the presence of oil and gas deposits underground is a complex process
spanning many months of preliminary research followed by exploration and
development drilling. Potential sites for exploration are identified from seismic
studies but full evaluation can only be made by drilling wells to see what is
actually there.
Advances in seismic data collection and interpretation techniques are leading to
less uncertainty and greater chances of locating commercial reserves, but the
results of the drilling process are ultimately only as good as the interpretation
techniques used in the evaluation process.
Formation Evaluation can be grouped into four major categories:
Before Drilling
Seismic Interpretation
Offset Data
During Drilling
Mud Logs and Wellsite Geology
Measurement While Drilling (MWD)
Coring
Post - Drilling
Wireline Logs
Production Tests
Whilst advances in seismic processing have been remarkable in recent times the
process is still best suited to large scale exploration and field evaluation. Wellsite
geology and mudlogging provide geological data while drilling the well but the
drilling process and the inefficiences of the hole cleaning process only allows for
a largely qualitative and subjective approach. Coring does produce whole rock
from which detailed petrophysical analysis and quantitative measurements of
porosity, permeability, fluid saturation may be made but cores are normally only
taken over short intervals in reservoir rocks leaving the majority of the section
un-sampled.
Petrophysical logging enables large sections of exposed (and sometimes cased)
hole to be scanned and variety of geological and reservoir data to be obtained;
quantitative analysis can be performed on the data to supplement other information. Historically, petrophysical logging has been called Wireline Logging, or
even Electric Logging but neither of theses terms adequately describe the
current range of logging tools or conveyance methods.
Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation
1-1
Introduction
Formation Evaluation
The objectives of logging are multiple and varied; depending on the type of well
being drilled and the information required. However, we might try and list some
of the required information as follows:
Geological Correlation
Identification of lithology for correlation between wells or to assist
general geological evaluation in the current well. Different logging
runs taken over the same interval need to be depth matched in order
to ensure that we are comparing like with like. Perforating, taking
sidewall cores or obtaining pressure information and fluid samples
all require accurate internal depth correlation using logs.
Petrology
Logs can help to identify lithology, mineral assemblages and pick
out features such as bedding, lamination, porosity, permeability, cementation, fractures and facies and depositional environments.
Reservoir Parameters
Logs can identify permeable zones, measure porosity and permeability, identify fluid types and provide information to calculate saturation levels, differentiate between water, oil and gas and determine
fluid contact points. Reservoir pressure can be measured and fluids
obtained for analysis.
Rock Mechanics
Rock strength and the tectonic forces acting upon rocks at depth can
be evaluated from logging tools and the information used to help understand drilling and borehole problems.
Geosteering Applications
When MWD and LWD tools are used the information obtained, at
the time of drilling, may be used to help drill the well to the required
geological target and indeed navigate the reservoir.
Wireline Logs
In September 1927, Marcel and Conrad Schlumberger, with Henri Doll, recorded
the first electrical resistivity log at Pechelbronn, France. This log was actually
called a carottage electrique or electrical core since it was a quantitative
recording of rock properties. The log was hand plotted from point-by-point resistivity measurements. Since then, more than fifty geophysical-type well logs have
1-2
Introduction
been introduced to record the various electrical, nuclear, acoustical, thermal,
chemical and mechanical properties of the earth.
Figure 1: First Electric Log
1-3
Introduction
Figure 2: First Schlumberger Log
1-4
Introduction
Without interpretation, the measurements provided by the various logs are not
particularly useful. It takes time, knowledge, and experience to convert the raw
data into meaningful and practical information often using sophisticated
computer software; the input data consisting of raw well log data, and the output
being porosity, hydrocarbon type, fluid saturations, and lithology.
Logging tools are conveyed into and out of the borehole in a number of ways.
Traditionally wireline conveyed tools log boreholes after they have been drilled;
the wireline not only conveying the instruments but also providing the means of
data transmission from the tool to the surface equipment.
However, borehole conditions often make the use of wireline tools very difficult.
High inclinations, high pressures and temperature and unstable borehole conditions can provide severe limitations on the use of wireline tools. Attaching the
instruments to jointed drillpipe or tubing can overcome some of these issues and
the hole is logged whilst tripping the pipe to the surface. A cable attached to the
logging tool is strapped to the pipe and reeled in as the string is tripped. Whilst
this process does allow high angle and unstable boreholes to be logged the
process is very time consuming and, therefore, expensive. The use of coiled
tubing can significantly reduce costs as tripping speeds are much higher and the
conductive cable can be threaded internally through the coiled tubing eliminating
handling time.
The use of MWD and LWD logging tools overcomes many of these issues and
also enables the hole to be logged very shortly after drilling minimising invasion
and other interpretation issues.
The Wireline Logging Process

The logging company provides the tools, surface equipment and a team of experienced engineers to perform the logging operation, which may take anything
from a few hours to many days, depending on the nature of the work. The surface
logging unit comprises the control functions, surface computer systems, cable
drum and winch. The logging tools, which may be up to 30m long are attached
to the cable, which is used both for suspension and data transfer, and lowered to
the bottom of the borehole.
The cable is then pulled out of the hole and the various rock properties are continuously measured. Pulling speeds are dependent on the type of tool being run
but are typically around 1800 feet per hour (600m/hr) when radioactive tools
such as a gamma ray log are present and can be as much as 6000 ft/hr (1800m/
hr). During the logging process the data is recorded at surface, correlated for
depth and corrected for borehole and mud conditions.
1-5
Introduction
Surface Data
Acquisition System
Mechanical
Winching
Drum
Logging
cable
Digital
Data
Transmission
Downhole
Logging Tool
Figure 3: Wireline Logging Schematic
1-6
Introduction
Figure 4: Wireline Unit
Logging Runs
A logging run is typically made at the end of each drilled section, immediately
prior to casing being installed. Whilst some tools can make measurements
through steel it is beneficial to record basic information over the open-hole
section in order to maximise data quality and minimise interpretation difficulties.
1-7
Introduction
Each logging run is identified by a suitable alpha-numeric system to record the
type of instrument being used and the actual tools that were run. This is important
for calibration and cost management reasons.
Data Interpretation
Data processing is almost always done by computer, typically in town but
increasingly using modern high powered computers at the wellsite. Basic information can be derived by hand using Quick-Look or Shaly Sand methods or by
using relatively simple spreadsheets or other processing software.
Types of Logs
Many different types of logs, measuring various rock properties may be run at
each casing point. Generally the first and intermediate logging runs are performed for lithological evaluation and stratigraphic correlation purposes. Minor
hydrocarbon bearing zones may also be identified, together with possible source
rock information.
Over the main reservoir section the amount of information required is much
greater and a full suite of logs covering lithology, porosity, permeability and
fluid saturations are required.
Additionally there are many other types of tools available for specific purposes,
and of helping with the evaluation of cement jobs and other completion operations. The major logs used for routine evaluation of open hole sections are:
Lithology Logs
Gamma Ray
Spontaneous Potential
Resistivity (Saturation) Logs
Laterologs
Induction Logs
Wave Propagation Logs
Porosity Logs
Formation Density Log
Neutron Porosity Log
Sonic Log
Miscellaneous
Caliper
Dipmeter
1-8
Introduction
Repeat Formation Tester
Sidewall Cores
Cement Bond Logs
Caliper
IN
10
Bit Size
IN
20
Gamma Ray
API
150
20
0.2
Induction Deep
OHMM
0.2
Induction Medium
OHMM
Porosity
Sonic
Resistivity
FEET
Gamma Ray
10
200 140
200
Sonic Transit Time

US/F
40 -0.75
0.45
DRHO
G/C3
0.25
Neutron Porosity
PU
-0.15
PEF
0
1.95
20
Bulk Density
G/C3
2.95
5600
5700
5800
5900
Figure 5: Example Log
Measurement While Drilling

Measurement while drilling services have been available since the early 1980s
and provide a means of obtaining petrophysical data in real time during the
course of drilling the well. This can be of significant benefit when compared to
wireline data which is often only available weeks after drilling a particular
section. MWD data is very useful in providing additional geological information
for the wellsite geologist and helping with geosteering applications in particular.
1-9
Introduction
The logging tools are installed inside special drill collar sections located in the
BHA. Powered by downhole turbines or batteries they measure rock properties
whilst the well is being drilled and transmit the data to surface by mud pulse
telemetry. This data is decoded and interpreted at surface on the wellsite and is
available to the drilling engineers and geologists at the same time (and often
earlier) as other drill returns logging information.
The range of MWD applications has been significantly extended and enhanced
over the years and now includes:
Gamma Ray
Resistivity
Density
Neutron Porosity
Sonic
In addition MWD tools also provide real time directional survey data and drilling
dynamics information, both of which can be vitally important to the successful
drilling of the well.
Borehole Environment
Both Wireline Logging Operations and MWD tools have to be able to work
under a wide range of physical and chemical conditions in and around the borehole. The depth of the hole, bit diameter, borehole erosion, hole deviation, formation temperature, mud weight and type and formation pressures each cause
particular problems to the performance of logging tools. Calibration and correction for borehole environment variables must be carried out both during and after
logging runs in order to ensure that the interpreted results are as accurate as possible. In most cases it is necessary to make multiple measurements with different
tools and cross-plot the results to try and minimise the various effects on particular tool response. Once allowance has been made for factors such as borehole
temperature and pressure, the key environment effects controlling interpretation
are:
1-10
Drilling Mud Type
Mud Invasion Profile
Introduction
Relationship of Pore Water to Mud Filtrate
Borehole Erosion
Tool Depth of Investigation
Porosity
One of the most important pieces of reservoir information is porosity. That is, the
amount of void space present in the rock expressed as a percentage of total rock
volume.
Pore Volume
Porosity % = ----------------------------------------------- 100
Total Rock Volume
N. B. When used in Quick Look calculations, porosity is expressed

as a number between 0 and 1.
For example:
Porosity ()
20%
use 0.20
8%
use 0.08
Effective Porosity is the amount of porosity able to transmit fluid, and is of vital
importance in reservoir evaluation.
Maximum porosity of 48% is obtained in granular sedimentary rocks when perfectly spherical grains of the same grain size are packed in cubic mode. With
compaction due to burial grain packing becomes closer and porosities will be
reduced to less than 30% in most cases. Where there is significant variation in
grain size and with the addition of matrix or cement, porosity values can be
further reduced.
Permeability
Permeability is the ability of the rock to transmit fluid. It is measured in darcy's
and usually given the notation k. One darcy is the permeability when a fluid of
viscosity 1 centipoise is passed through a 1 cm cube with a differential pressure
1-11
Introduction
of 1 atmosphere. Since this is a relatively large unit of permeability most oil field
reservoir permeability is expressed in millidarcy's (one thousandth of a darcy).
For granular clastic rocks, grain size is also a key variable in determining rock
permeability along with grain shape and sorting. Larger pore throats will allow
fluid to pass more easily than smaller sized throats.
Both porosity and permeability in carbonates (limestones and dolomites) are less
uniform than in granular clastic rocks, being less to do with transportation and
grain erosion, and more a product of original sedimentary features (grain type
and matrix) and subsequent (often post-depositional) diagenesis. Dolomites are
formed by post-depositional percolation of magnesium bearing fluids which
causes original calcite (CaCO3) to re-crystallise as dolomite [(Ca.Mg (CaCO3)].
This process normally results in enhanced porosity and is a key factor in the production of carbonate reservoirs.
The other major control on porosity in carbonates is fracturing, particularly in
Chalks. Whilst primary porosity of Chalks may be very high, being composed
mainly of highly spherical calcareous grains, (microscopic coccoliths), permeabilities may be almost zero because of the very small pore throats. Enhancement
of both porosity and permeability is required for these rocks to become potential
reservoirs. This can be a problem for wireline and MWD interpretation since the
resulting secondary porosity may be too large to be evaluated by the logging tool.
The main controls on porosity in clastic rocks are:
Size of available pores
Connecting passages between them
Definitions of Permeability
Absolute Permeability
When the rock is 100% saturated with one fluid
Effective Permeability
The ability to transmit a fluid in the presence of another fluid when the two are
immiscible.
Relative Permeability
The ratio of effective to absolute permeability.
1-12
Introduction
Permeability from Log Data
Reservoir permeability is not normally available form direct measurement, either
from wireline or MWD tools. Values are computed using mathematical models
which use porosity and irreducible water saturation as a means of deriving the
permeability. Irreducible water saturation is the amount of porosity that remains
containing water in a hydrocarbon bearing zone. Such water is present in isolated
pores not connected to the main permeable flow paths, or left adhered to grains
by capillary action and is not able to be removed from the rock. In certain cases
permeability may be estimated from imaging tools such as NUMARs NMRIL,
(Nuclear Magnetic Imaging Log).
Permeability is usually defined from the Darcy formula:
k=
Q L
A p
Where:
Q = 1cc volumetric flowrate
= 1 centipoise viscosity of flowing fluid
A = 1cm2 cross-sectional area
p = 1 atmosphere/cm pressure gradient
L = 1 cm length of section
A permeability of one darcy is usually much higher than that commonly found;
consequently, a more common unit is the millidarcy, where: 1 darcy = 1000 millidarcy's
A practical oil field rule of thumb for classifying permeability is:
poor to fair = 1.0 to 15 md
moderate = 15 to 50 md
good = 50 to 250 md
very good = 250 to 1000 md
1-13
Introduction
excellent = 1 darcy
Reservoir permeability is a directional property. Horizontal permeability (kH) is
measured parallel to bedding planes. Vertical permeability (kV) across bedding
planes is usually lower than horizontal. The ratio kH/kV normally ranges from
1.5 to 3.
When only a single fluid flows through the rock, the term absolute permeability
is used. However, since petroleum reservoirs contain gas and/ or oil and water,
the effective permeability for given fluids in the presence of others must be considered. It should be noted that the sum of effective permeabilities will always be
less than the absolute permeability. This is due to the mutual interference of the
several flowing fluids.
Reservoir Permeability from Log Data
Timur Equation
k md =
0.136 4.4
Swirr
Morris and Biggs
k md =
C 3
Swirr
Where C is a constant as follows:

Gas: 80
Oil: 250
1-14
Introduction
Irreducible Water Saturation
This state is reached in hydrocarbon bearing zones when the reservoir will not
produce any water. It depends upon the Bulk Volume Water (BVW) which is calculated from water saturation and porosity:
BVW = Sw x
When a zones bulk volume water values are constant, then the zone is at Swirr.
This is normally computed from cross-plotting Sw and Porosity on charts which
have hyperbolic lines indicating constant BVW values.
Figure 6: Bulk Volume Water
Water Saturation
The fraction of the pore space containing water is known as the water saturation,
and is given the notation Sw. The remaining fraction that contains oil or gas is
known as the hydrocarbon saturation, Sh, and is determined by 1- Sw, where 1 =
100% f.
Sw can be calculated from log interpretation, normally using a combination of
resistivity and porosity data.
1-15
Introduction
Formation Temperature
The resistivity of saline solutions is affected by temperature, so that corrections
must be made to raw data whenever the temperature has varied between data collection points. This is particularly true when using Rmf or Rm information in saturation or Rw calculations.
In order to determine formation temperature at any point the Geothermal
Gradient must be known. Unless known to be otherwise, this gradient is
normally assumed to be linear, and is computed from knowledge of Surface
Temperature and Bottom Hole Temperature as recorded from the logging tools.
Surface Temperature
This is an estimated value from offset data or general knowledge of the area. The
following rules of thumb can be applied in the absence of better data:
Offshore
Onshore
(1m beneath sea bed): 35F: (1.5 C )

(3m deep):
50F: (10 C )
Bottom Hole Temperature

BHT is calculated from the results of maximum temperature data obtained
during the logging runs. Since the actual formation temperature is disturbed by
the drilling process and the invasion of mud filtrate into the rock pores, the
maximum measured values may not be accurate. Over time, however, the mud
in the borehole and the invaded zone will tend to equalise to true formation temperature. If this increase in temperature can be measured, (by looking at BHT
values obtained from successive logging runs), the rate of change of temperature
with time can be extrapolated to infinite time and an interpreted true BHT value
can be obtained.
There are many mathematical models available for this interpretation but the
most widely used method is an adaptation of the Horner Plot which was developed to interpret pressure buildup during formation testing operations.
Geothermal Gradient
Once estimates of Surface Temperature and Bottom Hole temperature have been
made, a geothermal gradient can be established as follows:
BHT T s
----------------------- 100 = F/100ft
TVD S
1-16
Introduction
Where:
BHT = Bottom Hole Temperature F
Ts = Surface temperature F
TVD = True vertical depth
S = Surface Depth
Invasion Effects
During drilling the mud pressure in the annulus is maintained at a higher level to
the pore fluid pressure in order to prevent fluid incursions and wellbore instability. When drilling through permeable formations this means that, with waterbased muds, liquid from the mud passes into the formation displacing original
pore fluids. The solid particles in the mud are left behind and eventually form an
impermeable mud cake which seals the rock and prevents further invasion. The
amount of fluid invasion that occurs is dependent on many factors including mud
properties and rheology, flow rates, differential pressure and rock permeability.
The net result though is to produce an annulus in the rock around the borehole
which contains predominately mud filtrate rather than original pore fluids.
Log interpretation techniques must take this invasion into account, particularly
when using resistivity tools to locate hydrocarbon bearing zones. If the tool does
not penetrate deeply enough into the rock only mud filtrate may be seen and substantial hydrocarbon reservoirs may not be recognised. MWD tools can have a
significant advantage in this respect since they log the formation very shortly
after it has been drilled and before invasion has fully developed, whereas
wireline tools may be run weeks after drilling, allowing invasion to run its full
course.
Proceeding outwards from the borehole the following profile is normally established:
Flushed Zone
Formation pore space has been predominately flushed by mud filtrate. Irreducible water or hydrocarbons remain in isolated pores or
by capillary action. Water displaces medium gravity oil quite well,
but low gravity oil or light gas quite poorly. In gas reservoirs therefore, residual hydrocarbon content in the flushed zone can be quite
high.
1-17
Introduction
Transition Zone
Some of the original pore water and hydrocarbons, if present, have
been replaced by mud filtrate but significant quantities remain. The
ratio of mud filtrate to original fluids decreases away from the borehole.
Uninvaded Zone
This zone is furthest from the borehole and remains undisturbed by
mud filtrate invasion. Pore fluids are 100% original water or hydrocarbons.
Step Profile
Transition Profile
Borehole Wall
Borehole Wall
Rxo
Resistivity
Resistivity
Rxo
Ro
Ro
dj
dj
Distance
Distance
Figure 7: Invasion Profiles
Resistivity Log Profiles

Resistivity Logs with multiple depths of investigation such as Dual Laterologs
or Dual Induction Logs will show variable resistivity profiles across the flushed
and invaded zones depending on the relationship of mud water (Rmf) to pore
water (Rw) resistivity.
Where Rw is greater than Rmf
(salty mud and fresh water pore fluids) the flushed zone will show
lower resistivity values than the invaded and uninvaded zones when
no hydrocarbons are present.
Where Rw is less than Rmf
1-18
Introduction
(fresh mud and salty formation water), the flushed zone will show
higher resistivities than the invaded and uninvaded zones when no
hydrocarbons are present.
This invasion profile is normally considered to be a simple step profile for quick
look analysis, but in reality is more complex since the three zones will have transitional not sharp boundaries. However, assuming a step profile means that three
tools with different depths of investigation are required for full evaluation, in
order to identify and make corrections for the mud filtrate invasion. Figure 1-4
shows different Resistivity Log profiles and also includes the Annulus Profile
which may occur for a short time when hydrocarbons are present. In this case
water may be flushed more easily than the oil or gas and subsequently dumped
ahead of them as a ring or annulus of low resistivity, between the flushed and
uninvaded zones. If present this phenomenon is short lived and the fluids quickly
find equilibrium.
Log Presentation
Wireline Log data is presented as a series of curves representing the continuous
measurement of various parameters. Logs are usually presented as a combination
of several individual tools. Traditional logs might be, for example:
ISF - Sonic:
Gamma Ray
Deep Induction Resistivity
Spherically Focused Resistivity
Sonic
Dual Laterolog:
Gamma Ray
Deep Laterolog Resistivity
Shallow Laterolog Resistivity
Micro Spherically Focused Resistivity
1-19
Introduction
Figure 8: ISF-Sonic Log
Log Types
There are two major types of logs:
Acquisition Logs
These logs contain the raw data as measured by the tool. It is often
referred to as the "Field Print " and is an unmodified wellsite log.
Processed Logs
These are edited logs, subjected to computer processing to correct
for borehole conditions, invasion etc., and may contain the results of
Quick Look Interpretation.
1-20
Introduction
Figure 9: High Resolution Laterolog
1-21
Introduction
API Presentation
The traditional API presentation of field prints has three tracks separated by a
depth column.
Track 1, to the left, is linear and normally contains Gamma ray, S.P. and Caliper
log data.
Track 2, to the right of the depth column, is usually a 3 or 4-cycle logarithmic
scale used for plotting resistivity data. This might cover the complete width of
the sheet or their may be a third track.
Track 3, on the right, is usually a linear scale and is used for porosity, sonic and
density data.
Log Heading
A log heading is attached to the top of each paper log or film. It includes information about the location, rig type, mud properties, calibration and tool type.
Depth Scales
Logs are plotted according to customer requirements and to maintain compatibility with other data. Typically they are plotted on a 1:500 or 1:1000 scale,
although this can be varied and detailed sections may be required at scales of
1:200. Indeed with modern computer processing it is possible to generate any
scale for any section of log very easily.
Logging Speeds
The ultimate quality of log data is very much related to logging speed. This is
particularly true for nuclear devices where statistical data is used. If the tool is
pulled too fast not enough data will be recorded to provide accurate information,
especially for thin beds. Normal logging speeds for tools containing nuclear
devices are around 1800 ft/hour (600m/hr).
1-22
Introduction
Figure 10: Log Header
1-23
Introduction
Figure 11: Log Presentation
Logging Tool Combinations

Early logging tools were required to be run independently and, of course, during
the 1920s and 1930s there were fewer of them to run. By the 1950s and 1960s
the Gamma Ray, S.P. and basic resistivity tools were being supplemented by
Induction and Laterolog devices, sonic, density and neutron porosity tools. Still,
however, only certain combinations were possible and into the 1970s it was usual
to run at least two suites of logs, (resistivity and porosity) to obtain the basic
information followed by sidewall coring and pressure testing and fluid sampling
tools.
With the development of Schlumbergers triple combination tool, and similar
devices from the other leading service providers, it became possible to obtain
resistivity, porosity and gamma ray data from one logging run. The triple combo
tool though, at 90ft long and weighing around 1200 lbs was somewhat unwieldy
and less useful in tough logging conditions of high borehole inclination, severe
doglegs and sticky holes.
1-24
Introduction
In the early 1990s Schlumberger developed the Platform Express Service which
provides, in a tool only 38ft long, all the data from the old triple combo but using
better, modern sensors and electronics.
The following is a summary of the Baker Atlas and Schlumberger combination
tools:
Baker Atlas
FOCUS, from Baker Atlas, is the latest in high efficiency premium open hole
logging systems. All of the downhole instruments have been redesigned, incorporating advanced downhole sensor technology, into shorter, lighter, more
reliable logging instruments, capable of providing formation evaluation measurements with the same precision and accuracy as the industrys highest quality
sensors, at much higher logging speeds. Logging speeds are up to twice the
speed of conventional triple-combo and quad combo logging tool strings. The
logging system consists of the four standard major open hole measurements
(resistivity, density, neutron, acoustic) plus auxiliary services.
Service Application
Array Resistivity (FOCUS HDIL) - includes real time 1-D radial inversion
processing for more accurate measurements of Rxo and Rt.
Nuclear Porosity (FOCUS ZDL & FOCUS CN) - design changes improved
detector response and efficiency at high logging speeds of conventional
instruments, and enable production of a real time nuclear porosity crossplot log.
Acoustic Slowness (FOCUS DAL) - offers an improved monopole signal
resulting in accurate compressional slowness values (Delta t) using a depth
derived borehole compensation technique.
Auxiliary Measurements - Correlation Gamma Ray (GR), Borehole Temperature, Downhole Tension, Mud Resistivity, Accelerometer (TTRmA), Two
Arm Caliper (TAC).
1-25
Introduction
Figure 12: Baker Atlas Focus Log
Schlumberger
The Platform Express system is less than half as long as a triple-combo and
weighs about half as much, yet it gives you better, quicker and more accurate
answersin real time. The use of integrated sensors, flex joints that improve pad
contact and other innovative technologies upgrade and expand traditional resistivity and porosity measurements to include high-resolution micro-resistivity
and imaging measurements, plus tool movement measurements for speed correction and depth matching.
1-26
Introduction
Resistivity measurements are made with either the AIT* Array Induction Imager
Tool or the High- Resolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde (HALS), both with a 12in. maximum vertical resolution.
Sensors for the Three-Detector Lithology Density (TLD) and Micro- Cylindrically Focused Log (MCFL) measurements are integrated in the single pad of the
High-Resolution Mechanical Sonde (HRMS), which presses against the formation. The TLD log is a backscatter-type density measurement with 16-, 8- or 2in. vertical resolution. The MCFL Micro-resistivity measurement, which investigates the same volume of the formation as the density measurement, has 2-in.
vertical resolution. Flex joints greatly improve pad application in rough holes.
The Highly Integrated Gamma Ray Neutron Sonde (HGNS) provides gamma ray
and neutron porosity measurements with a standard vertical resolution of 24 in.
Alpha processing is available to achieve 12-in. vertical resolution of the neutron
log.
Real-time speed correction and automatic depth matching of all measurements
are provided by an accelerometer for much faster turnaround on wellsite
processing.
1-27
Introduction
Figure 13: Platform Express
1-28
Spontaneous Potential (S.P.) Logs

Introduction
The S.P. Log is a measurement of the electrical potential difference between a
moveable electrode in the borehole and a fixed electrode at the surface. It is used
to identify permeable zones and can be a very useful geological correlation tool
under the right conditions. To obtain meaningful results, the log must be run in
a water based mud borehole with a significant variation in mud filtrate and pore
water resistivity. The moveable electrode is attached to the cable, lowered to the
bottom of the borehole and pulled to the surface. Where there is no permeability,
no electrical potential exists between the rock and borehole and nothing is measured.
Figure 1: S.P. Log
Origin of the S.P. Curve

At the bed boundary between a permeable and an impermeable rock, the mud
water and pore water are in contact via two interfaces. Along the permeable bed
the two waters are in direct contact. If there is a difference in salinity between the
two fluids chemical diffusion can take place across the interface. This is the diffusion potential. If the mud water is less saline than the pore water then the +ve
sodium ions will tend to flow more freely to the higher concentration pore fluid
2-1

from the mud, leaving a greater concentration of -ve chlorine ions behind in the
borehole.
Across the bed boundary alongside the impermeable shale the shale potential is
effective. Here the chlorine ions are more mobile through the semi-permeable
membrane and tend to leave a higher concentration of sodium ions behind in the
mud. Figure 3-1 illustrates this process, and shows that in this case there are four
quadrants around the bed boundary having opposite electrical charges which
creates the potential for an electrical current to flow. Note that the electrical
potential only exists at the bed boundary and that the current is focussed at the
bed junction. The same situation exists in reverse at the base of the permeable
bed.
The electrical potential at the boundaries between permeable and non-permeable
beds is measured on a millivolt gauge. If the mud water is less saline than the
pore water the reading will be a negative value on the millivolt gauge, and the
deflection across the bed boundary will show as a movement to the left on the
log. If the mud water is more saline than the pore fluid then the movement will
be to the right on the log, indicating a positive deflection. Where the two fluids
have the same salinity, no electrical potential will be measured and no deflection
will be seen on the log curves.
The value in millivolts has no absolute meaning but merely represents a change
in electrical potential across the bed boundary. The logging engineer sets the
shale baseline either to the right or to the left of the track depending on the
relative salinities of the mud filtrate and formation water.
Log Presentation
The S.P. data is normally recorded on Track 1 of the log. The track is scaled in
millivolts, usually shown as mv/chart division. Sometimes there may be a full
scale shown such as -140 to +60. In this case there are 200 mv across the full
scale. Movement to the left from the shale baseline is a -ve movement, and
movement to the right is +ve.
Any deflection of the curve away from the shale baseline indicates rock permeability. It is not possible to calculate the actual amount of permeability in Darcys,
nor does the S.P. deflection indicate the amount of permeability. However the
log will show interbedded sections of permeable and impermeable rocks, pick
out bed boundaries and formation tops and enable calculations of bed thickness
to be made.
2-2
Formation
Borehole
S.P. Log
millivolts
+
Shale
+
Sandstone
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
Relative excess
charge
Formation
water
Mud
filtrate
Higher salinity
Lower salinity
Figure 2: Origins of the S.P. curve
Corrections
Corrections need to made to raw data before any quantitative interpretation of
S.P. data is done. In particular thin beds and the presence of hydrocarbons will
cause the S.P. deflection to be under-developed. Also, since a current flows
around the bed boundary, the amount of energy stored in the system is diminished, resulting in lower S.P. deflections than might otherwise be the case. In
practice, corrections to bed thickness should be made for sections less than 10ft
(3m) thick.
Log Characteristics
The ideal response would be a sharp, histogram type, curve as the change from
permeable to non-permeable beds was recognised. However, the tool is moving
and a current is flowing, both of which contributing to a spreading of the current
patterns and a diffusion of the curve. Bed boundaries are normally attributed to
2-3

the inflexion point of the curve. That is the straight part of the curve as the concavity changes direction.
The amount of deflection is reduced from its ideal response, the Static Spontaneous Potential (or S.S.P.), by the current flow and also in thin beds less than about
10ft (3m) thick. Algorithms and charts are available to make corrections for these
effects when performing quantitative analysis. The presence of hydrocarbons
will also reduce the current potential.
Quantitative Analysis
The S.P. Log is mainly used for qualitative interpretation of geology and for
inter-well correlation. The curves are generally very repeatable across the same
sequence and provide a tool similar in scope to the Gamma Ray Log. One major
quantitative use however, is in the calculation of Rw (formation water resistivity). This value must be known in order to make saturation calculations. It can be
measured from RFT samples or calculated from log analysis. The S.P. data
provides a means of performing this calculation, and can act as useful back-up
data if other methods are not available.
The amount of movement, in mv, of S.P. deflection away from the shale baseline
is directly related to the difference in resistivity between the mud filtrate and the
pore water. Since the deflection can be read from the log and a value for Rmf,
(resistivity of mud filtrate) can be measured from a mud filtrate sample, the corresponding value of Rw can be calculated. Calculations of Rw are made in a zone
100% saturated with water, i.e where Sw = 1.0, as near as possible to the hydrocarbon bearing zone being investigated. Rw is assumed to be constant throughout the reservoir section.
2-4
Figure 3: Schlumberger Chart SP-1
2-5
Figure 4: Schlumberger Chart SP-2
2-6
Gamma Ray Logs

Gamma Ray Log
The gamma ray log is a measurement of the natural radioactivity of a formation,
and is most often used as a shale indicator and for general geological correlation.
It is also used for depth matching of different suites of logs run at one casing
point.
The spectral gamma is used to provide more petrological information including
mineral suites, radioactive volumes and depositional environments.
On typical field prints, the Gamma Ray curve is located in Track #1, with scale
deflections in standard API units on a linear grid.
Most vendors use the mnemonic GR to represent the standard tool, though with
some variation.
Schlumberger:
NGT: Natural Gamma Ray Tool
NGS: Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry
HGNS: Highly Integrated Gamma Neutron Sonde (Platform Express)
Halliburton:
HNGR: Hostile environment Natural Gamma Ray
CSNG: Compensated Spectral Gamma
PSG: Pulsed Spectral Gamma Ray
Baker Atlas:
GR: Gamma Ray
Focus-GR: Focus service Gamma Ray
Natural Gamma Ray

This log measures and records the natural radioactivity within a formation. Some
rocks are naturally radioactive because of the unstable elements contained in the
formation. Generally, three elements contribute the major portion of the radiation observed in sedimentary rocks: the uranium series, the thorium series and
the potassium-40 isotope. The Gamma Ray log usually reflects the clay content
of sedimentary formations. Clean sands and carbonates normally exhibit a low
level of natural radioactivity, while shales tend show higher radioactivity.
However, not all shales are radioactive and not all radioactivity represents shales.
3-1
Gamma Ray Logs
Figure 1: Gamma Ray Log (Reeves Wireline)
3-2
Gamma Ray Logs

Natural Gamma Ray Spectral Log
The spectral log breaks the natural radioactivity of the formation into the different types of radioactive material: thorium, potassium or uranium.
This can be used for stratigraphic correlation, facies identification, reservoir shaliness determination and sometimes for fracture identification.
Figure 2: Spectral Gamma ray Log (Reeves Wireline)
Advantages of the Gamma Ray Log

It is useful as a correlation tool
It is used for depth control
The major tool used for shale content calculations
It may be run in casing, empty holes and in all kinds of drilling fluids.
3-3
Gamma Ray Logs

Limitations of the Gamma Ray Log
Traditionally the GR tool must be logged at relatively low speeds
(1800 ft/hr) to give accurate bed definitions. Some newer tools are
extending this to nearer 3600 ft/hr.
Radioactivity
Radioactivity is a spontaneous disintegration of atomic nuclei by the emission of
subatomic particles:
alpha particles
beta particles
or of electromagnetic rays
X rays
Gamma rays
Gamma Rays
The phenomenon was discovered in 1896 by the French physicist Antoine Henri
Becquerel when he observed that the element uranium can blacken a photographic plate, although separated from it by glass or black paper.
In 1898 the French chemists Marie Curie and Pierre Curie deduced that radioactivity is a phenomenon associated with atoms, independent of their physical or
chemical state.
The Curies measured the heat associated with the decay of radium and established that:
1 g (0.035 oz) of radium gives off about 100 cal of energy
every hour
This heating effect continues hour after hour and year after year. The complete
combustion of one gram of coal results in the production of a total of only about
8000 cal of energy.
Embedded in a nucleus, a neutron is usually stablethat is, it will not decay into
a proton and an electron. The nucleus itself is then stable. However, if the nuclear
conditions are not optimal, for example if the nucleus has too many neutrons, one
or more of the neutrons may decay to produce gamma rays.
3-4
Gamma Ray Logs

Carbon 14
Every carbon atom contains six positively charged particles, (protons), in its
nucleus and six or more neutral particles, (neutrons).
The carbon atom's nucleus is surrounded by six negatively charged electrons.
The number of neutrons in a carbon atom's nucleus determines its isotope: atoms
of the same element that have different numbers of neutrons in the nucleus.
Carbon Dating
Three different isotopes of carbon exist naturally:
Carbon-12 contains six protons and six neutrons and represents
98.89% of all carbon
Carbon-13 contains six protons and seven neutrons and represents
1.11% of all carbon
Carbon-14 contains six protons and eight neutrons and represents a
negligibleamount of all carbon.
Carbon-14 is in a constant state of decay but, as long as an organism is alive,
ingesting more carbon, the balance between carbon-12 and carbon-14 remains
stable. When the organism dies, however, new carbon is not being taken in, and
so, as the carbon-14 decays, the ratio of carbon-12 to carbon-14 changes. The
half-life of carbon-14 is 5,730 years. This means that, after 5,730 years, half of
the carbon-14 will have gone. Therefore, the year of death of an organism can be
calculated from the proportion of carbon-14 left in a sample taken from its
remains. Although the proportion of carbon-14 has varied significantly during
the history of the Earth, correction tables have been developed to compensate for
this. In samples older than about 50,000 years, there will be insufficient carbon14 left to provide reliable results, and, conversely, recent samples will show too
little decay to provide reliable results.
Sources of Gamma radiation

As mentioned above, natural radiation from rocks comes from three sources, K,
U and Th. Whilst potassium (K) is the most abundant of the three elements in
rocks it produces less radiation than U or Th which, in relation to their weights,
produce more.
Gamma emission is usually found in association with alpha and beta emission.
Gamma rays possess no charge or mass, thus emission of gamma rays by a
nucleus does not result in a change in chemical properties of the nucleus but
merely in the loss of a certain amount of radiant energy. The emission of gamma
3-5
Gamma Ray Logs

rays is a compensation by the atomic nucleus for the unstable state that follows
alpha and beta processes in the nucleus.
The energy emissions occur in the range of 0-3 MeV, and the elemental origins
are determined by their peak frequencies within this range. The radiation from
40K is distinct at 1.46 MeV. Thorium and Uranium produce radiation over a
wider spectrum but Th has a distinct peak at 2.62 MeV and U at 1.7 MeV. This
is the methodology used in spectral analysis to identify the source of radiations.
Radiation Detectors
The Gamma Ray Tool, which was introduced into the oil field in 1939, measures
natural radioactivity of formations penetrated by the wellbore. Detection is
accomplished by the ability of gamma rays to produce tiny flashes of light in
certain crystals, which are then converted into electrical pulses. The pulse size is
dependent on amount of energy absorbed from the gamma ray.
The main types of detector are:
Ionization Chamber
Geiger-Mueller Tube
Scintillation Counter
Ionization Chamber
This is a gas filled chamber with an anode maintained at approximately 100 volts
positive with respect to the housing. The case is filled with high pressured gas.
An incoming gamma ray interacts with the detector wall material and/or gas
which releases an electron. The freed electron moves toward the anode through
the dense gas. Electron interactions with gas atoms release additional electrons
(the ionization process). As the free electrons are drawn to the anode, a minute
current is produced, making the gamma ray influx into the borehole proportional
to the amount and magnitude of current pulses produced at the anode.
Geiger-Mueller Tube
The Geiger-Mueller counter is similar to the ionization chamber, but has much
higher voltages and a lower gas pressure. The initial reaction is much the same
as that of the ionization chamber; however, the high positive voltage (1,000
volts) at the anode causes the free electron to be fast moving as it collides with a
gas atom, discharging additional electrons. The secondary electrons are drawn
rapidly toward the positive wire which causes additional collisions resulting in
many more electrons reaching the anode in pulses which are more easily
3-6
Gamma Ray Logs

detected. This ionization must be stopped or quenched because the cumulative
electron showers can damage the detector. Quenching is achieved by lowering
the anode voltage.
Figure 3: Geiger-Mueller Tube

Scintillation Counter
The most modern logging detector is the scintillation counter. It has two basic
components, a scintillating crystal and a photo multiplier tube. The transparent
sodium-iodide crystal (NaI) will give off a minute burst of light when struck by
a gamma ray. The light energy strikes a photo sensitive cell or cathode which
causes electron emission. The electrons so produced are drawn to an anode
which, upon impact, releases additional electrons which are directed to another
anode. There are several stages of such amplification which finally give a sufficient flow of electrons to be easily measured and recorded as an indication of the
gamma radiation penetrating the detector.
3-7
Gamma Ray Logs
Figure 4: Scintillation Counter
Radius of Investigation
Ninety percent of the measured gamma rays originate with the first six inches of
the formation being investigated. The addition of another medium (i.e., cement
or casing) reduces the total quantity of gamma rays, but does not detract from the
usable information. With the proper speed and time constants, adequate resolution can be achieved in formations as little as three feet thick.
Formation boundaries are located at the mid-point of the recorded curve.
Units of Measurement
Gamma radiation is measured from the various detectors as discreet pulses of
electricity representing individual gamma ray hits. These are counted and
3-8
Gamma Ray Logs

averaged over a time period and may be reported in a number of ways including
Becquerels and Curies. However in borehole logging API Gamma Ray Units are
mostly used.
This relates to a test borehole at the University of Houston, Texas. The well is
surrounded by special high and low radioactive concrete. One API unit is 1/200th
of the difference in radioactivity measured in the two sections of concrete. Regular shales having a radioactive content of about 2.7% will exhibit values of
around 100 API units assuming the same operating conditions, (8 hole, water
based mud etc.) are used. Obviously this varies with changing tool and borehole
environmental conditions and formation mineralogy.
Uses of the Gamma Ray Log

As discussed above, the gamma ray tool is used to:
Identifying lithologies
For correlation and depth matching
For calculating shale volume
Radioactive isotopes of K, Th and U are the source of the gamma rays. These are
present in various minerals, particularly clay minerals. However, some evaporites, for example, are also rich in K, and igneous and metamorphic rocks are very
radioactive. For Th and U content. Sands and carbonates whilst lacking radioactive minerals in their pure forms can have significant amounts of associated
gamma producing minerals.
The heavy radioactive elements tend to concentrate in clays and shales. Gamma
rays (bursts of high energy, electromagnetic waves) are statistical in nature. This
means that the number of gamma rays received by the detector will fluctuate,
even when the instrument is stationary in the hole. These statistical variations are
averaged out.
Occurrence of Potassium (K)
Clay Minerals:
Illite
Glauconite
Kaolinite
Smectite
5.20%
4.5%
0.63%
0.225%
3-9
Gamma Ray Logs

Evaporites:
Sylvite
Carnallite
Polyhalite
52.5%
14.1%
12.90%
Muscovite Mica
Biotite Mica
Orthoclase Feldspar
Occurrence of Uranium
Origin:
Preserved in:
Acid Igneous Rocks

Reducing Conditions
Black Shales
Distribution:
Occurrence of Thorium
Origin:
Preserved as:
Erratic Peaks
Acid and Intermediate Igneous Rocks

Detrital Grains
Zircon, Thorite, Epidote
Clay Minerals:Bauxite, Kaolinite, Illite, Smectite
The contribution to the overall radioactivity of the three elements is fundamentally the same although, because of the variation in energy, a small quantity of
uranium has a large effect and a large quantity of potassium has a small effect.
The radiation from 40K has a single energy value of 1.46 MeV. Uranium and
thorium emit radiations over a wide spectrum but with some distinct peaks; 2.62
MeV for thorium and 1.7 MeV for uranium. As the gamma rays pass through the
formation, drilling mud and steel of the tool before hitting the detector their
energy levels will be degraded by Compton Scattering; however, the three peak
3-10
Gamma Ray Logs

values noted above are usually distinct and form the basis of the spectral gamma
ray detector.
Quantitative Interpretation of Gamma Ray Logs

The Gamma Ray Log can be sued to give a quantitative assessment of clay
content of sandstone reservoirs in order to aid porosity and saturation calculations. Neutron log porosity values will be incorrect where there is significant clay
content in a sandstone because of the contained hydrogen within some clay
minerals such as Smectite.
Shale volume (Vsh) calculations begin with determining the Gamma Ray Index
(IGR).
GR GRmin
IGR = ------------------------------------------GRmax GRmin
where:
IGR = Gamma Ray Index (dimensionless)
GR = Gamma Ray Reading of Formation
GRmin = Minimum Gamma Ray (clean sand or carbonate)
GRmax = Maximum Gamma Ray (shale)
The calculated IGR is then used on the appropriate chart or determined

mathematically using:
Consolidated - Older rocks

V Sh = 0.33 [ 2
( 2 I GR )
1.0 ]
Unconsolidated - Tertiary Rocks

V Sh = 0.083 [ 2
( 3.7 I GR )
1.0 ]
3-11
Gamma Ray Logs
3-12
Resistivity Logs
Introduction
Resistivity logs were the first tools to be developed for wireline logging operations, and remain amongst the most important. They are also referred to as
Saturation Logs since their primary aim is to help with hydrocarbon evaluation.
The main uses of resistivity logs are:
Identification of Hydrocarbon Bearing Zones
Quantification of Hydrocarbon Saturation
Identification of Permeable Zones
Calculation of Diameter of Invasion
Calculation of Porosity
Where Sw = 1.0
Resistivity tools measure how easy it is for an electrical signal to pass through
the formation. Rock grains and hydrocarbons are both insulators so the only
conductive part of the formation is salty water in the pore space. Hence, a porous
rock saturated with salty water will have low resistivity while the same rock
containing hydrocarbons will have a higher resistivity. High resistivity may also
indicate a low porosity rock, even if water saturated.
The log may also be used for geological correlation and, in association with other
petrophysical data, to help with lithological identification, environments of
deposition, facies analysis and overpressure detection.
Types of Resistivity Tools

The major types of resistivity tools are:
Electrode Logs (conductive drilling fluids)
Normal Devices
Lateral Devices
Laterologs
Spherically Focused Logs
Induction Logs (non-conductive drilling fluids)
Micro Resistivity Logs
Electromagnetic Wave Propagation LWD Tools
4-1
Resistivity Logs
Log Presentation
Most modern Resistivity Logs are plotted in track 2 on a typical field print under
a logarithmic scale. The units of measurement of resistance are ohms. Resistivity
is measured in ohm-m2/m (ohm-m). In order to accommodate a sufficient range
of values a logarithmic scale of 0.2 - 2000 ohm-m is normally used, with a back
up scale of x10, (2 - 20000). Older, Normal or Lateral Logs were displayed on a
linear scale plot.
Figure 1: Dual Laterolog
4-2
Resistivity Logs
Electrode Logs
Normal Tools
The first electric logs were called Normal Tools. A current is passed between two
electrodes (A & M) on the logging tool and the potential drop between them
indicates the resistivity.
Tool depth of investigation is a function of the distance between the two electrodes on the tool. The larger the distance between electrodes, the deeper the
depth of investigation. Thus typical configurations were the 16" Short Normal
and the 24" Normal. The 16" Short normal was the basic tool and allowed investigation of the invaded zone around the borehole.
Figure 2: Normal Electrode Logging Tool
4-3
Resistivity Logs
To penetrate deeper into the formation and have a greater chance of measuring
the true, undisturbed formation resistivity (Rt), the 18 8" (5.68m) Lateral Log
was used. This large distance between electrodes was achieved by varying the
position of them and providing guard, or bucking, electrodes to focus the current
and force it to travel laterally from the tool rather than in a spherical nature,
resulting an a far deeper depth of investigation.
Using two tools with different depths of investigation enables evaluation of the
invaded zone to determine the extent of mud filtrate invasion and its affect on
formation resistivity. If three tools are used with different depths of investigation
then the diameter of invasion can be determined and corrections made for calculating true formation resistivity, which may still not be measured correctly by the
deepest reading tool where the amount of flushing is very large.
Figure 3: Lateral Electrode Logging Tool
4-4
Resistivity Logs
Laterolog
The modern electrode log is called the Laterolog and is a refinement of the long
spaced Lateral log described earlier. It attempts to do the same job by further
refining the focused current with the use of even stronger guard electrodes to
ensure that the current is emitted laterally from the tool and penetrates far into
the formation.
One of the main reasons for the development of the Laterolog was to produce a
tool capable of giving good results in very saline water based systems. Obviously
in this case, the easiest route for the emitted current to take is to travel straight up
the borehole through the conductive drilling mud. No formation resistivity measurements would be obtainable. The Laterolog minimises this process and results
in formation measurements being made.
Typically two Laterologs with different depths of investigation have been run
alongside each other. The LLD is a long spaced tool for measuring Rt, or close
to it depending on the extent of invasion. LLS is a medium spaced tool which
measures the resistivity of the invaded or transitional zone. These Dual Laterologs (DLL) are combined with a short spaced tool (Micro Resistivity) for
measuring the flushed zone. When the three readings are combined, full evaluation may be made of the extent of fluid invasion and calculations made for
Diameter of Invasion and a correction factor for estimation of true formation
resistivity, Rt.
Modern laterolog tools have multiple transmitters and receivers to produce an
array of resistivity measurements with different depths of investigation and
vertical resolution.
Deeper investigating devices are usually centred in the borehole while the shallowest reading tools designed to measure Rxo are mounted on a pad forced up to
and touching the borehole wall.
4-5
Resistivity Logs
A2
28ft
A1
M2
M1
A0
M'1
M'2
A'1
A'2
Rxo pad
Figure 4: Laterolog Tool
4-6
Resistivity Logs
Baker Atlas HDLL
The Baker Atlas High Definition Laterolog provides up to eight resisitivity
measurements from 10- 50 depth of investigation. This provides:
More accurate formation resistivity, water saturation, and reserves estimates
Better determination of movable fluids and recovery factor
Improved evaluation of thinly bedded reservoirs
Superior measurements in deeply invaded formations
Detailed evaluation of the drilling fluid invasion profile
Schlumberger HRLA
The Schlumberger High Resolution Laterolog Array Tool provides five resisitivity measurements together with a Micro-Cylindrically Focused Log (MCFL)
for flushed zone resistivity, Rxo for invasion profiling and Rt determination.
Figure 5: Schlumberger HRLA Log
4-7
Resistivity Logs
Induction Logs
Induction logs were developed to obtain readings in non-conductive drilling
fluids, such as fresh water or oil based muds.
Transmitter coils produce magnetic fields by passing an AC current around
them. These magnetic fields induce electrical currents to flow in the formation
which in turn produce secondary magnetic fields. These are detected by the
receiver coils, their strength being proportional to the induced current flowing in
the formation. In this way the non-conductive fluid is by-passed and normal
resistivity measurements can be made. In fact the primary measurement made by
the tool is conductivity, which is converted to resistivity for log presentation.
This does mean that in heterogeneous formations the tool tends to give a slightly
low apparent resistivity value since the induced current swill be travelling
through the most conductive part of the rock.
Several transmitter and receiver coils are used to focus the current and to provide
multiple depth of investigation curves. These are given notations such as 6FF40,
which refers to 6 coils and an effective tool spacing of 40". As with Laterologs,
the longer the spacing the deeper the depth of investigation.
In general, induction logs tend to saturate out at lower resistivity values than
laterologs so are less happy in high resistivity environments but tend to give
better estimates or Rt with deep invasion.
Figure 6: Induction Tool
4-8
Resistivity Logs
Schlumberger Array Induction Tool (AIT)
The Schlumberger AIT uses eight induction coil arrays operating at multiple
frequencies to produce a set if five resistivity logs with 1ft vertical resolution and
progressive radial investigations from 10-90.
Baker Atlas Focus High Definition Induction Log (HDIL)
The Baker Atlas Focus High Definition Induction Log also provides a set of five
resisitivity logs from 10-90 depth of investigation, running at frequencies from
10-150 kHz.
Micro Resistivity Logs

Micro Resistivity Logs are special tools developed to measure the resistivity of
the flushed zone. They consequently have a very small depth of investigation,
usually a matter of centimetres, which is achieved by having very short spacing
between the electrodes. There are a number of different types of Micro Resistivity tools; their use is dependent on the type of information required and their
compatibility with other tools. The following is a list of the most common types
of Micro Resistivity Logs although with modern tools such as the Schlumberger
Platform Xpress and Baker Atlas Focus service these are normally integrated
into the main suite of tools.
Microlog (ML)
Microlaterolog (MLL)
Proximity Log (PL)
Micro Spherically Focused Log (MSFL)
All of these logs have very short spaced electrodes for evaluation of the flushed
zone, but they are arranged in a slightly different manner. All of the micro logs
are pad mounted devices, which means that the array of electrodes are mounted
on a pad which is forced up to the side of the borehole by a spring loaded arm,
making direct contact with the mud cake or borehole wall.
Microlog
The Microlog is unique in that it produces two curves which, whilst both only
penetrating the flushed zone, have slightly different depths of investigation. The
three electrodes are arranged so that there are two sets of spacing, a 1" and a 2"
set. The longer set enables a deeper penetration than the shorter.
4-9
Resistivity Logs
The two curves are called the micro normal (2") and the micro inverse (1"). Since
one curve penetrates deeper in to the flushed zone than the other it is less affected
by the resistivity of the mud cake than the other.
The overall effect is that, in the presence of mud cake, the two curves show
different values of resistivity and the traces on the log move apart. Where there
is no mud cake present, the two curves will show the same values and overlay
each other.
Separation of the curves will always indicate the presence of rock permeability
since no mud cake build up will be seen alongside impermeable rocks and
therefore the two curves will overlay each other.
The Microlog is a very old tool however, and seldom run in modern applications.
Its primary use was in evaluating very thin interbedded sand/shale sequences
where the sand laminations and thin beds could be quantitatively measured from
the nature of the Microlog. The sand count is the overall amount of sand in the
reservoir section being evaluated. Most of this application was relevant to certain
plays in the Gulf Coast area of the USA.
Micro Spherically Focused Log
The MSFL is the only micro resistivity log that may be combined with other
resistivity tools and run at the same time. The other micro logs need to be run as
independent logs and are thus very expensive. The MSFL is usually the only
micro log that is used in modern logging operations.
Embedded in an articulated neoprene pad, pushed up against the borehole wall
by a spring loaded arm, are a series of concentric metal rings containing the electrodes. The arrangement is similar to the Laterolog but the focusing ensures that
only a few cms depth of investigation is achieved. By comparing the MSFL with
the shallow and deep Laterolog or induction log the diameter of invasion can be
calculated and a correction factor for Rt established. Because of the influence of
the mud cake on the Microlog readings, true resistivity of the flushed zone (Rxo)
can only be obtained after mathematical correction for the effect the resistivity
of the mud cake.
4-10
Resistivity Logs
Figure 7: Micro Spherically Focused Log
Logging While Drilling Tools (LWD)

The earliest LWD tools used version of the traditional 16 Short-Normal tool for
resistivity measurements. This was a simple, tried and trusted tool with a shallow
depth of investigation. Since LWD tools log the well within minutes of being
drilled it was thought that invasion would not be a significant factor and therefore
a deep reading tool would not necessarily be required. However, being an
electrode type device it will only work in conductive, salty water drilling fluids.
In actual fact invasion can be an issue even with LWD tools since invasion can
happen ahead of the bit even before the section has been drilled and, with resistivity tools often many metres behind the bit, slow drilling can result in significant invasion. Additionally the need to run LWD tools with oil based mud
precludes the use of short-normal devices.
In order to overcome these issues LWD Electromagnetic Wave Propagation
resistivity tools have been developed. These are similar to the Induction tools
used in wireline logging but work at higher frequencies and are able to offer
multiple depths of investigation, including deep reading devices for estimates of
Rt and better vertical resolution. Typical wireline induction tools work at 20
kHz, for example.
4-11
Resistivity Logs
The tool broadcasts a constant frequency propagation signal (either 2 MHz or
400 kHz) from the transmitting antennas into the formation. The signal travels
through the formation and is picked up by the receiving antennas. The resistivity
of the formation produces changes in the electromagnetic wave form: the wave
amplitude is attending and the phase is shifted as it passes through the rock. The
receiving antennas are able to measure these changes and the formation resistivity is determined from both effects. EMR tools are able to work in all mud
types.
Wave propagation tools therefore provide, as a minimum, two resistivity curves:
Amplitude Attenuation (Deep)
Phase Shift (Shallow)
Figure 8: EMR Theory of Operation
4-12
Resistivity Logs
Some generalities regarding EMR measurements are:
Tools measure more accurately in conductive media
Improved vertical resolution in conductive media
Depth of investigation increases with increasing formation
resistivity
Depth of investigation is deeper for the 400 kHz resistivities
than the 2 MHz resistivities
Depth of investigation for attenuation resistivities is deeper
than phase difference resistivities
Depth of investigation for long spaced resistivities is deeper
than for short spaced resistivities
Depth of investigation for ratio and difference resistivities
is deeper than for raw measurements
Depth of investigation order is as follows:
400 kHz >Rat 2> MHz >Rat 400 kHz> Rpd > 2 MHz Rpd
long spaced > short spaced
attenuation > far amplitude > near amplitude
phase difference > far phase > near phase
Vertical resolution is better for 2 MHz resistivities than
for 400 kHz resistivities.
Vertical resolution is better for phase difference
resistivities than attenuation resistivities.
4-13
Resistivity Logs
Figure 9: 2 mHz Radial Response
4-14
Resistivity Logs
Figure 10: 400kHz radial Response
Interpretation Concepts
By themselves resistivity tools are unlikely to define lithology directly. However
the resistivity response can indicate certain features and curve styles can help
with facies and environmental analysis.
Shales tend to have low - medium resistivity values (depending on clay mineralogy), perhaps around 1-2 ohm-m. Non-porous rocks such as coal and evaporites will have high resistivities.
Deeper reading tools have large spacing between the transmitters and receivers
and will only pick out gross formation characteristics. Shallower reading tools
and micro-resistivity devices will show more detail in finely bedded shaly sand
sections and may pick out other texture-related features.
Separation of array resistivity tools will indicate invasion and, therefore, permeability. Non-separation of curves may indicate that the rock is tight or it may be
porous and have been invaded with similar fluid. For example in a water
saturated zone when Rw is similar to Rmf.
4-15
Resistivity Logs
Curve behaviour and trends may be useful for identifying grain size or claycontent variations where, again, the micro-tools will give more detail.
Fluid Saturation
In order to use the results of resistivity logs for quantitative saturation calculations the data must be combined with porosity and lithology information, since
this will also affect resistivity. Areas of high resistivity are possible hydrocarbon
bearing zones because oil and gas are effective insulators of electrical activity;
but only if the rock is porous.
If an increase in resistivity is caused only because of an increase in hydrocarbon
saturation then the amount of resistivity change can be used to estimate fluid
saturation. This is the basis of the quantitative analysis first proposed by Archie
in 1942 and used, albeit with modifications and enhancements, since.
Definitions
The overall, bulk rock, resistivity in the uninvaded zone is called Rt. It is
produced by the passive rock framework mineral and grain structure and by the
resistive or conductive pore fluids. Rt is derived from the deepest reading resistivity tools but the apparent Rt values read directly from the log will often need
correction for the effects of deep invasion by conductive drilling fluids.
The same bulk rock resistivity of the flushed zone is called Rxo and is measured
directly by the micro-resistivity tools.
The resistivity of the natural, or connate, water in a porous formation is called
Rw. This is determined by direct measurement of fluid samples obtained from
testing or by calculation from resistivity and porosity data.
The invaded zone primarily contains water from the drilling fluid, called mud
filtrate, and the resistivity of the zone is called Rmf.
When a formation is 100% water saturated with water of resistivity Rw its resistivity, Rt, is termed Ro. The ratio of Ro/Rw is called the Formation Resistivity
Factor, F. The value of F, in water saturated formations, is independent of the
resistivity of the water with which it is saturated and varies only with porosity.
The value of Ro can be determined from:
Ro = F x Rw
4-16
Resistivity Logs
Logging While Drilling (LWD) resistivity tools can be very useful in geosteering
applications. Near-bit resistivity measurements, such as the Schlumberger RAB
tool, can indicate lithology and fluid changes whilst the variable depths of investigation of MPR tools can indicate distance to bed or distance to fluid contacts
when drilling ERD or horizontal wells. Drilling pilot holes and detailing
modelling of expected resistivity responses will need to be done to make best use
of the technology.
Figure 11: EMR Log
4-17
Resistivity Logs
4-18
Density Logs
Introduction
The Formation Density Log provides information on bulk formation density,
(b). The Litho-Density Log with additional photo-electric absorption curve
gives information about matrix type which can be a valuable aid in geological
interpretation and correlation.
The log is used quantitatively as a porosity tool, but is also useful in formation
pressure evaluation and rock mechanics work. It can also provide, indirectly,
information about hydrocarbon density.
Principle of Operation
This nuclear device measures electron density from which bulk density is
derived. The data is plotted on a linear scale as gm/cc, with each chart division
normally representing 0.05 gm/cc.
Collimated Gamma Rays

Collimated Gamma Rays are emitted from a chemical source such as Caesium137, with a high energy level of around 1.5 Curie. This is one of the radioisotopes
of caesium with an atomic mass of 137 and a half-life of around 30 years. It is an
artificial radionuclide which was released into the stratosphere by the above
ground testing of thermo-nuclear weapons in the 1950s and 1960s and deposited
as fallout.
The emitted particles are interfered with by electrons in the formation and
gradually lose energy. The rate of energy loss is an indication of electron density,
and can be measured at different energy levels. After initial pair production,
Compton Scattering is the dominant energy reducing process. This is similar to
the interaction of snooker or pool balls colliding sequentially and losing energy
as they do so and represents the mid-range energy levels.
Eventually, at very low energy levels, remaining gamma rays are absorbed by
mineral particles in a process called Photo-electric Absorption, (Pe). Pe is
measured in barns/electron and each mineral has a particular Pe coefficient,
which is very nearly unique. Analysis of Pe values, which are recorded on the
Litho-Density Log, can help in identification of rock matrix when cross-plotted
against sonic, density or neutron porosity data.
Compton Scattering
Some energy from the gamma ray is imparted to an orbital electron of the target
atom resulting in a freed electron and a gamma ray of reduced energy and change
of direction.
5-1
Density Logs
The number of scattered gammas available for detection depends on the electron
density, e, of the material through which they have passed and the ability of an
atom to scatter gamma rays increases as the number of electrons in its orbital
shells (i.e. atomic number Z) increases. Since Z/A approximates to 1/2 for most
materials the electron density e can be estimated as:
Z
e = 2 --- b
A
The normal calibration standard is done using limestone and fresh water filled
porosity which then means that the estimated density of other formations is
reasonably accurate. Some minerals and elements however, have Z/A ratios that
are not equal to 1/2. Examples include halite (rock salt) and hydrogen which has
a Z/A ratio of near to 1.0. This means that the electron density index of water is
Figure 1: Compton Scattering

11% greater than its bulk density. This would lead to large errors in the estimated
density of water filled porous rocks but for the tranform proposed by Gaymard
& Poupon in 1968 and since adopted by virtually all service companies. This is:
log = 1.0704 e 0.188
Halite has a bulk density of 2.165 gm/cc but the density given on the log is 2.032
gm/cc.
5-2
Density Logs
Bulk Density
The bulk density of a rock is given by:
b = fluid ( ) + matrix ( 1 )
Where:
b
=
fluid =
matrix =
rock bulk density

fluid density
rock grain (matrix) density
porosity
Photoelectric Effect
This is the absorption of low energy gamma rays by atomic electrons coupled to
spontaneous photon emission
The photoelectric cross section index, Pe, in barns per electron (1 barn = 10-24
cm2), computed from the ratio of low to high energy gamma rays, is a measure
of the probability of this interaction occurring. and is strongly dependent on the
atomic number, Z, of the nucleus of the target atoms
This makes Pe sensitive to rock chemistry. However, the pressure casings used
in most small diameter density tools filter out these low energy gamma rays, so
Pe is available only from Photo Density type tools.
Logging Tool
The tool consists of a transmitter and a pair of receivers to minimise borehole
problems and the influence of mud cake. The transmitters and receivers are
mounted on a pad pushed up against the borehole wall. Depth of investigation is
around 8 (20cm) though this varies with formation type. When logging porous
and permeable zones it will most probably be investigating the invaded zone
where the predominant fluid is mud filtrate.
Logging speeds have traditionally been relatively slow at around 1,800ft/hour
(550 m/hour) as this is a pad mounted tool but modern systems such as Schlumberger Platform Xpress and Baker Atlas Focus can log at 3600 ft/hour (1100 m/
hour) without any loss of quality. At typical logging speeds beds of a minimum
of about 3 feet (1 m) can be detected.
5-3
Density Logs
Logging While Drilling Services
All of the major vendors provide LWD density log services. They usually use the
same detection principles although Schlumberger with their latest Scope
MWD service use a Pulsed Neutron Generator (PNG) to produce neutron
particles and gammas on-demand downhole which is much safer than using
the traditional chemical sources.
Up to two data points per foot at penetration rates of 450 ft/hour can be transmitted with modern tools.
With the inclusion of a magnetometer azimuthal density measurements can be
made 360 around the borehole. Four-quadrant densities can be transmitted for
real-time wellbore orientation and 8-16 sector densities stored in downhole
memory for azimuthally oriented images for structural analysis.
5-4
Density Logs
Figure 2: BHI Rotational Density Tool
Presentation
The Formation Density Log is normally run together with the Neutron Porosity
Log and the two are plotted side-by-side on tracks 2 and 3 of the log. Compatible
scales of density and porosity are used so that direct comparisons of the data may
be made.
5-5
Density Logs
Figure 3: Density-Neutron Log
Uses
Porosity
Estimations of porosity form the Density log requires information about the rock
matrix and pore fluid densities.
Complications
Porosity calculations from the density log can be erroneous in the presence of
clay and/or hydrocarbons, unless the variable fluid densities are taken into
account in the above equation. The presence of clay, either as interlaminated
layers or finely disseminated, will tend to increase overall b, giving low
apparent porosity. Hydrocarbons, particularly gas (since high levels of gas tend
to be retained in the flushed zone), will lower overall b, giving high apparent
porosity.
5-6
Density Logs
Mud cake will also affect the density log readings since the depth of investigation
is within the flushed zone. The sensors are mounted on a pad squeezed up against
the borehole wall which, in permeable formations, means the mud cake. Part of
the overall density reading will be mud cake density which can be a significant
proportion of the total if the cake is thick. To compensate for this effect, a dual
detector system is used, similar to that used by resistivity logs. Any difference in
density recorded by the two detectors is due to the short spaced one being more
affected by the mud cake than the longer spaced detector. Internal calculations
are made to correct for the mud cake effects, and the true, corrected density is
plotted on the log.
A differential density curve is plotted alongside the formation density log
showing how much correction has been made, before the curve was plotted. If
the amount of correction is more than 0.25 gm/cc (added or subtracted) then the
point should be considered to be invalid.
Porosity Calculation
Once bulk density is known the porosity can be estimated as long as the formations matrix and fluid properties are known.
Since the density tool mostly investigates the invaded zone the predominate fluid
will be mud filtrate: if the mud is sea-water based then the density will be around
1.03 - 1.1 gm/cc; fresh water base systems will be 1.0 gm/cc.
The rock grain density will depend upon the rock type being investigated: quartz
sandstones will have a matrix of 2.65 gm/cc, clean limestone will be 2.70 gm/cc
and dolomite 2.83 gm/cc. Mixed assemblages or shaly reservoir rocks will
require modifications to matrix depending on the relative amounts of the various
minerals.
( matrix b )
= ---------------------------------------( matrix fluid )
Photo-electric Absorption
The Photo-electric Absorption value, Pe, gives an indication of matrix type and
is particularly useful when cross-plotted with other density or porosity data. The
Pe value on its own, however is enough, in most cases, to identify matrix type
since the values show only slight variation, with little overlap between minerals.
5-7
Density Logs
Common reservoir rock forming minerals have the following Pe values:
Quartz
Calcite
Dolomite
1.80
5.08
3.14
Other common sedimentary minerals are:

Anhydrite
Gypsum
Halite
Illite
Montmorillonite
5.04
3.99
4.65
3.5
2.04 - 2.3 (wet - dry)
Mud Additives
Barite
267
The use of weighted muds may preclude the use of Pe as a reliable lithology
indicator since the mud cake and the invaded zone may contain significant
amounts of barite with e very high Pe value that may mask the formation values.
5-8
Density Logs
Figure 4: Photoelectric Factor
5-9
Density Logs
5-10

Introduction
The Neutron Porosity Log is a continuous record of the rocks reaction to being
bombarded by neutron particles. The log is used to measure porosity and also to
differentiate between oil and gas. It can be used in all formations and drilling
fluids and even in cased hole. The neutron particles, emitted at very high energy
levels, are slowed by interactions with hydrogen particles in the formation. Thus
the log is essentially a measure of the hydrogen content of the formation and the
hydrogen is present mainly in pore fluids: water, oil and gas. The log is calibrated
to API standards, scaled in porosity units and usually plotted alongside the
Formation Density Log to facilitate fluid and lithology typing characteristics.
Figure 1: Neutron Porosity Log
Tools
The tools normally consist of a fast neutron source and a pair of near and far
detectors to minimise borehole irregularities. The sensors are mounted on a pad
pushed up against the borehole wall and, since depth of investigation is low, the
invaded zone is evaluated.
6-1

The main types of neutron logging instrumentation which have been used in the
wireline industry are:
Epithermal
Thermal-epithermal neutron
Thermal neutron ( 0.025 eV)
Neutron-gamma (GNT)
The number of neutron occurrences per second is counted by a He-3 detector and
converted to counts/second. Older tools such as the GNT had their logs scaled in
cps. Sidewall Neutron Porosity (SNP), Compensated Neutron Logs (CNL) and
modern Epithermal and Thermal devices have their logs scaled in porosity units
calibrated with respect to a particular lithology.
Epithermal neutron tools measure the number of neutrons with an energy level
slightly above thermal energy, a condition that minimizes chlorine affect because
the measurement is less related to chlorine affects on the neutron population
density. Both sidewall tools and compensated tools of this type are available. The
log is normally recorded in limestone porosity units, but it can be corrected or
recorded for a different lithology. The wall contact devices are not used in cased
hole but are quite useful in empty holes and very low porosity environments.
Rugosity or washouts severely hamper sidewall tool response. Compensated
devices correct for rugosity and allow more reliable log measurements.
Principle of Operation
Neutrons are sub-atomic particles which have no electric charge but with a mass
identical to that of hydrogen. On travelling through the rock they lose energy in
collisions with other particles.
Neutron particles from a suitable radioactive source, such as Americium-beryllium, are emitted from the tool at very high energy levels, (4-6 MeV). Through
collisions with formation nuclei the particles lose energy through the epithermal
region (10eV), to the thermal level (0.4eV) and are finally captured by particles
in the formation. There are several possible interactions of the nuclei with
formation particles.
Elastic Scattering
The particle bounces off the formation nucleus without reaction
Inelastic Scattering
6-2

The nucleus is excited by the collision, bounces off and emits a
gamma ray
Capture Mode
The particle is absorbed by the nucleus becomes highly excited and
emits a gamma ray of capture. The old GNT tool measured this
response.
Figure 2: Neutron Particle Interaction
Of the most commonly found elements in sedimentary rocks, hydrogen is the

most effective at reducing neutrons to thermal energy, having 4-5 times the
capture cross-section of carbon and Oxygen, 10 times that of Silicon and twice
that of Chlorine. The Neutron Log is primarily a hydrogen Index and reacts to all
the hydrogen present in the environment. Since hydrogen is mostly present in
formation fluids, rather than rock matrix material, the hydrogen index is
generally related to porosity. In order to minimise borehole effects a dual spacing
tool is normally run, and gives better results than single spaced tools.
6-3
Element
Calcium
Chlorine
Silicon
Oxygen
Carbon
Hydrogen
Average No.
of collisions
371
316
261
150
115
18
Maximum
Energy Loss
8%
10%
12%
21%
28%
100%
Atomic
Weight
40.1
35.5
28.1
16
12
1
Atomic
Number
20
17
14
8
6
1
Figure 3: Neutron Collisions
Tool Calibration
The standard tool response is determined in the API neutron calibration facility
at the University of Houston. The calibration pit contains large limestone blocks
whose porosities are 1.9%, 19%, and 26%. A 7-7/8-in. borehole is drilled
through the centre of each block, and the limestone is saturated with fresh water.
By definition, a neutron logging tool in the different limestone blocks is expected
to be adjusted to certain values of API units. The University of Houston
maintains the test facility, and service companies are expected to build their individual neutron calibration systems to emulate the established values in this pit.
Water-filled limestone blocks were selected for the following reasons:
Water was available, contains hydrogen, and would not be expected to exhibit the effects of gas or some lightweight crudes and
condensates.
Limestone is readily available in a relatively pure form of
CaCO3, whereas lithology and porosity control of other rock
types are not.
Known high-porosity limestones and tight low-porosity limestones were available from quarries to provide some porosity variation between 100% (large tank full of water) and essentially
terminal pore space (1.9%).
Logging contractors maintain their own individual test facilities and calibration
devices, which are indirectly calibrated to the University of Houston pit. When
a company develops a new neutron device, several of the new devices must be
6-4

calibrated to the known parameters in the API pit. Calibrating facilities within
the service company are often more complex, including sandstone, dolomite, and
other rock types in addition to limestone. Hydrogen content of any material is
referenced to fresh water and called the hydrogen index.
Characteristics
The depth of investigation varies according to formation type, fluids, mud
system and tool type but is generally in the flushed zone, less than 25cm from the
borehole wall, and is maximum in low porosity rocks. The common fluid type is
therefore mud filtrate.
Borehole Size
This correction is done automatically on modern logs
Mud Cake
The use of dual spaced tools minimises, but does not totally
eliminate the problem
Borehole Salinity
Chlorine has a large absorption rate and must be taken into account.
Analysis of chlorine content enables Rw calculations to be made.
Borehole Temperature
This can have a large effect and should be taken into account
Fluid Type
Oil and Water contain similar amounts of Hydrogen per unit volume,
but gas has a much lower content. In gas filled rocks the Neutron
Tool gives very low apparent porosity values which, when compared
with the LDT and Sonic responses can provide a means of detecting
gas as opposed to oil.
Clay and Shale
Certain clay minerals, notably members of the Smectite Group,
(Montmorillonite and Bentonite) contain bound water within their
crystal structure. This bound water, which is not present in pore
spaces, is also seen by the CNL and can be falsely interpreted as
potentially high porosity. Again comparison with the LDT and Sonic
logs will identify this problem and also serve as a method of identifying clay and shale beds, in conjunction with the gamma ray log.
6-5
6-6
Sonic Logs
Introduction
The sonic log measures the time taken for a compressional sound wave to travel
along the borehole wall from a transmitter to a receiver, both located on the
logging tool. Multiple transmitters and receivers minimise borehole irregularities and tool eccentricity.
Normally the formations interval transit time, or slowness, is measured and
recorded in micro-seconds per foot ( sec/ft) or micro-seconds per metre ( sec/
m). It is normally given the notation t.
Uses
The log may be used to evaluate porosity, although variations in mineralogy,
fluid types and compaction will all affect results. It can be used to help interpret
seismic data and, when acoustic impedance is calculated, (t x b), a synthetic
seismogram can be produced.
Qualitatively the sonic log can help with lithology and fracture identification,
compaction trends and overpressure determination.
Figure 1: Sonic Log
7-1
Sonic Logs
Principle of Measurement
Velocity is determined by timing a sound pulse as it traverses a known distance
through the rock. This pulse is generated from one or more acoustic transmitters.
Modern tools have multiple transmitters and receivers, the Borehole Compensated Device (BHC) having inverted arrays so that an average time from the
upper and lower arrays is recorded to minimise borehole irregularities and tool
eccentricity.
The sound energy propagates as a compressional wave through the borehole
fluid until it encounters the borehole wall, at which point part of the incident
energy is refracted into the rock where it initiates compressional and shear wave
particle motion. The associated wave fronts travel at different speeds, dependent
upon rock type, compaction and fluid type. Compressional waves are faster than
shear waves and the tool measures the first arriving wave which has, therefore,
taken the shortest route through the densest part of the rock. The primary, regular
matrix part of the rock is measured and secondary porosity such as fractures and
vugs are not interpreted.
Figure 2: Sound Wave Generation

At each point along the borehole, energy is radiated back into the fluid as
compressional energy (fluids do not support shear modes), and some of this is
detected by receivers spaced along the tool.
Shear energy within the rock leaks back into the borehole as compressional
energy provided the rock shear velocity is greater than the fluid's compressional
velocity.
7-2
Sonic Logs
Measuring the time difference between arrivals at two receivers eliminates the
common time spent by the signal in the borehole, leaving the time spent in the
rock.
This gives an interval transit time, or t log. When divided by the receiver
separation, the log becomes an inverse velocity or slowness log. Units of
slowness are micro-seconds/metre, ( sec/m), or micro-seconds/foot, ( sec/ft).
Typical values are 200 sec/m (60 sec/ft) for a low porosity sandstone, and
425 sec/ft (130 sec/ft) for bituminous coal.
Monopole Source
An omnidirectional pressure source creates a compressional wave pulse in the
borehole fluid, which propagates out into the formation. As this pulse enters the
formation, it creates a slight uniform bulge around the borehole wall which in
turn excites both compressional and shear waves in the formation.
As the compressional and shear waves propagate in the formation, they create
head waves in the borehole fluid. It is these head waves, rather than the direct
formation compressional and shear waves, that the receivers detect.
Figure 3: Monopole Source
7-3
Sonic Logs
Dipole Source
A dipole tool utilizes a directional source and receivers. The dipole source
behaves much like a piston, creating a pressure increase on one side of the hole
and a decrease on the other. This causes a small flexing of the borehole wall,
which directly excites compressional and shear waves in the formation. Propagation of this flexural wave is coaxial with the borehole, whereas displacement
is at right angles to the borehole axis and in line with the transducer.
The source operates at low frequencies, usually below 4 kHz, where excitation
of these waves is optimum. The compressional and shear waves radiate straight
out into the formation. There is, however, an additional shear/flexural wave
propagating up the borehole. It creates a dipole-type pressure disturbance in
the borehole fluid. It is this pressure disturbance that the directional receivers
detect. At low frequencies it travels at the same speed as the shear wave; at higher
frequencies it travels at a slower speed. Unlike monopole-only tools, the dipole
tool can record a shear/flexural wave even in slow formations.
Figure 4: Dipole Source
7-4
Sonic Logs
Figure 5: Dipole Source
Logging Tools
Long spaced tools and those with multiple transmitters and receivers are most
commonly run today. The tools also contain an isolation joint which is a perforated section of the tool to slow the sound waves that travel directly through the
steel of the tool and prevent them being the first arrivals. Array tools can provide
full-waveform data.
Depth of Investigation
Most tools react to the first arriving wave which has travelled close to the
borehole wall and is therefore investigating the invaded zone. The actual depth
of investigation varies according to the sound wavelength and the velocity of the
formation; the higher the velocity, the shallower the investigation.
Bed Resolution
Modern tools will record two data points/foot in normal operation and up to eight
data points per foot in high resolution mode and are normally run at logging
speeds up to 3600 ft/hr. With multiple receiver arrays, and after processing, 6
bed resolution may be obtained.
7-5
Sonic Logs
Borehole Effects
Unwanted borehole effects caused by rugosity and large scale secondary
porosity generally lead to spikes of long travel time. Cycle skipping occurs when
an initial wave form is lost in rugose hole and the time is completed by a subsequent wave being recognised at the second receiver.
Sonic Log Tools

Borehole Compensated Sonic (BHC)
The BHC has two transmitter-receiver sets to reduce the effects of borehole
rugosity and tool eccentricity. Although able to measure the full sonic waveform
the tools were designed to record the first arriving compressional soundwave.
This is one that has travelled from the transmitter to the formation as a fluid
pressure wave, has been refracted at the borehole wall, has travelled within the
formation at the compressional wave velocity of the formation and has travelled
back to the receiver as a fluid pressure wave.
Figure 6: Schlumberger BHC Tool
7-6
Sonic Logs
The tool transmitters are pulsed alternately the time values () are read on
alternate pairs of receivers. The values are averaged for borehole compensation.
It is apparent that in some shales a lateral velocity gradient exists and sound
waves travel at lower speeds near the borehole, and only propagate at the true
speed of the shale some distance away. Also, in large diameter boreholes it is
possible to have a mud-wave arrival at the near receiver before the formation
signal. In these cases a tool with a long spacing is required to overcome these
issues.
Long-Spaced Sonic (LSS)

LSS tools have transmitter-receiver spacings of 8ft and 10ft or 10ft and 12ft.
These are more likely to produce a measurement free of alteration and enlargement effects. In order to minimise the tool length, depth-derived borehole
compensation is used. Readings are taken at two different depth positions of the
sonde, once when the two receivers straddle the depth measure point and once
when the transmitters straddle the same point.
Figure 7: Depth-Derived Compensation
7-7
Sonic Logs
Array-sonic Tool
The array-sonic tool contains two broadband piezoelectric transmitters (518kHz) placed 2ft apart. Two receivers are located 3ft and 5ft from the upper
transmitter. In open hole the receivers make short spaced and depth-derived
borehole compensated logs; in cased hole they make standard 3ft cement-bond
logs (CBL) and 5ft variable density logs (VDL).
The array-sonic also contains an array of eight wideband piezoelectric receivers.
The are placed 6 apart with the closest 8ft from the upper transmitter. The
waveform processing techniques identify propagating waves in the composite
waveform, allowing analysis of compressional, shear and Stoneley waves.
Figure 8: Array Waveform
DSI
For sonic measurements, it is well recognized thatsedimentary rocks generally
exhibit some degree of anisotropy.
Anisotropy may arise from intrinsic structural effects, such as aligned fractures
and layering of thin zones, or from unequal stresses within the formation. These
effects lead to differences in formation elastic properties, and if they are on a
smaller scale than the sonic wave-lengths, then sonic wave propagation can be
used to detect and quantify the anisotropy. Sonic waves travel fastest when the
direction of particle motionpolarizationis aligned with the materials stiffest
7-8
Sonic Logs
direction. Shear-wave particle motion is in a plane perpendicular to the wave
propagation direction. If the formation is anisotropic in this plane, meaning that
there is one direction that is stiffer than another, then the shear-wave polarization
aligned in the stiff direction will travel faster than one aligned in the other, more
compliant direction. As a result, the shear wave splits into two components, one
polarized along the formations stiff (or fast) direction, and the other polarized
along the formations compliant (or slow) direction.
Figure 9: Shear Wave Anisotropy (Schlumberger)

For example, in the case of vertically aligned dense micro-cracks or fractures, a
shear wave that is polarized parallel to the fracture strike will propagate faster
than a shear wave polarized perpendicular to it. In general, a shear (or flexural)
wave, generated by a dipole source, will split into two orthogonal components
polarized along the X- and Y- directions in the formation. As they propagate
along the borehole, the fast wave will be polarized along the direction parallel to
7-9
Sonic Logs
the fracture strike and a slow wave in the direction perpendicular to it. With two
orthogonal dipole transmitters and multiple receiver pairs aligned in orthogonal
directions, the DSI Dipole Shear Sonic Imager tool can measure the components
of shear slowness in any direction in a plane perpendicular to the bore-hole axis.
The measurement involves recording the waveforms on receivers pointing indirections parallel and normal to each transmitter along the tool x- and y-axes.
Four sets of waveforms are recorded at each depth and receiver level. These
measurements are labeled xx, xy, yx and yy. The first direction refers to the
transmitter and the second direction to the receiver. The direction and speed of
the fast and slow split shear waveforms travelling in the formation can be easily
determined by mathematically rotating the measured waveforms through an
azimuthal angle so that they line up with the two orthogonal formation X- and Ydirections. This is done by minimizing the cross-receiver energies, xy and yx.
The rotated direction of the fastest shear wave becomes the fast-shear tool
azimuth; and the tool orientation, measured by a magnetometer, is used to
determine the fast shear azimuth relative to true north. This rotation, called the
Alford method, uses the fact that the anisotropy model expects the amplitude of
the cross-receiver measurements to vanish when the measured axes x and y align
with the anisotropy axes X and Y.
In addition to the fast and slow shear-wave velocitiesdetermined by a
slowness-time-coherence (STC) processing on the rotated wave-formsthree
measurements of anisotropy are computed.
These are energy anisotropy, slowness anisotropy and time anisotropy.
7-10
Sonic Logs
Figure 9. DSI tool string.
Figure 10: Schlumberegr DSI Tool
Porosity Estimation
Porosity can be estimated from the sonic log when it has a uniform distribution
of inter-granular pores and is subjected to high confining pressure. In unconsolidated formations at shallow depths travel times are very long and do not
correlate well with porosities derived from density or neutron porosity tools or
measured directly from core analysis. Waves which travel through secondary
porosity will slow and will not be the first arrivals at the receivers and thus not
recorded on the log.
The presence of gas will give long travel times which again are not representative
of the true porosity although this may help to differentiate between different
hydrocarbons. Shales tend to have low velocities so that shaly sands, for
example, will have to be corrected for Vsh.
7-11
Sonic Logs
Wyllie et al., 1956, proposed a simple relationship between velocity and porosity
for compacted, homogenous formations which, when substituted with t values
is:
( t t matrix )
s = --------------------------------------------( t fluid t matrix )
Where:
t
=
tmatrix =
tfluid =
Travel time at point of interest

Travel time of the matrix
Travel time of the fluid
Typical t values are:
Matrix/Material
t: sec/ft
Velocity: ft/sec
Quartz
55
18150
Calcite
49
21500
Dolomite
44
25000
Halite
67
Anhydrite
52
Gypsum
50
Casing
57
Figure 11: t values
Compaction Trends and Pressure Detection

In a normally compacting sedimentary sequence sonic velocities should increase
with depth. In an homogenous sequence such as claystones and shales velocities
7-12
Sonic Logs
or travel times plotted against TVD on a semi-logarithmic scale should show an
almost straight line trend.
In an uncompacted, overpressured zone, however, velocities will slow and travel
times will increase leading to a deviation from the normal established trend. This
feature may be diagnostic of the development of a pressure transition zone and
the amount of overpressure may be quantified from the amount of deviation of
t values away from the normal trend.
Figure 12: Normal Shale Compaction
7-13
Sonic Logs
Figure 13: Undercompaction Trend
7-14
Introduction
Lithology determination from analysis of Wireline or MWD Log Data is possible
by looking both at individual data and cross-plots of two or more log responses.
Whilst there is no single log that will show lithology directly, the response of
various tools is so affected by particular formations that they can be used as lithological indicators.
Potentially the most useful individual tools are the Gamma Ray and S.P. logs,
which both indicate clay or shale content and corresponding clean, and possibly
porous, zones. When used in combination, the Sonic, Density and Neutron logs
can also be excellent lithology identifiers. Resistivity logs are of less use.
When using any of this data for lithological interpretation, it is necessary to
understand what the tool is primarily responding to and how its results can be
affected by formation, fluid and environmental factors.
Gamma Ray Logs

As discussed in earlier, Gamma Ray logs measure the amount of natural
radiation being emitted from the formation. This is mostly Potassium (K) from
clay minerals in claystone and shale sequences, and so the GR log is often used
as a clay/shale indicator; high API GR values representing shales and low API
GR values representing clean sands and carbonates.
Whilst this is generally true, there are many other lithologies and minerals that
emit gamma rays from Potassium, Uranium (U) and Thorium (Th) that can cause
errors to lithological evaluation. For example micaceous and glauconitic sandstones will both show high API Gamma Ray values which should not be interpreted as shales. Certain evaporites such as sylvite and Carnallite also have high
K contents which will high API Gamma Ray values.
Shales produced under reducing conditions and containing excessively high
concentrations of uranium will show API values much higher than "normal"
shales, and could lead to misinterpretation of them if allowance is not made.
Facies and Environment of Deposition

Gamma Ray Logs can be very useful as indicators of environment, and for
providing more detailed geological information than may be seen at first glance.
In sandstones there is a general relationship between grain size and API Gamma
Ray value. Coarse grained sandstones tend to have the highest GR values and
8-1
fine sandstones the lowest. This is because clay particles are unlikely to be laid
down and preserved in the high energy environments in which coarse sandstones
are deposited. Conversely, in the deeper quieter environments of fine sand and
silt deposition, more clay is likely to accumulate. Thus, coarse sands have relatively low GR values and fine sands have high values. By looking at the nature
of the GR curves in sand sections it is possible to identify distinctive features
such as fining or coarsening sequences, and repeated or cyclic beds which can
then be interpreted as indications of specific environments.
Figure 1: GR and Grain Size

Three basic styles of GR curves can be recognised, according the shape of profile
displayed. These are:
Cylinder
Roughly constant GR values throughout the section producing a
straight or cylindrical shaped profile
Funnel
8-2
Generally increasing GR values from top to bottom of the section
producing a funnel shaped profile
Bell
Generally decreasing GR values from top to bottom of the section
producing a bell shaped profile
Sonic Log
Whilst full lithological evaluation is best done by cross-plotting density and
porosity data, certain formations can be identified by sonic log response, and
some other general assumptions made. The table below illustrates travel times in
certain key lithologies and provides a framework for further evaluation. The
common rock forming minerals have specific travel times, as noted previously.
Rocks formed from these minerals will have bulk travel times within certain
limits defined by the matrix travel times, the fluid travel times and the amount of
porosity. Rocks without porosity, such as evaporites, will have bulk travel times
the same as matrix travel times. For example:
Lithology
Porosity
Travel Time
Sandstone
0%
56
15%
75.6
0%
49
15%
69.15
0%
44
15%
65.75
Anhydrite
0%
50
Halite
0%
66.7
Limestone
Dolomite
Figure 2: Sonic Travel Time Values
Evaporite sections such as salt and anhydrite are very useful as secondary calibration methods for the sonic tool since the device should read the above values
in those lithologies as there is no primary porosity present.
8-3
Density - Neutron Porosity Cross-plots
Combining data from density and neutron porosity logs provides one of the most
powerful tools available for lithology identification. For single matrix rocks, any
combination of density and porosity will identify the matrix material, since there
can only be one mineral that will produce this unique response. Where the rock
is composed of mixed matrices, such as shaly sands or dolomitic limestones then
data from all three porosity logs should be able to identify the likely components.
Visual Inspection
Since density and neutron porosity logs are normally plotted together on the
same track, it is possible to examine the log visually to provide rough qualitative
assessments of lithology. If the log is scaled in Limestone Porosity Units the
density and porosity scales will be aligned according to the density of calcite.
Thus 0% porosity will be aligned to 2.70 gm/cc, which is the matrix density of
calcite. When evaluating a liquid filled limestone section both curves (density
and porosity) will overlay each other, and the values shown on the log will be
accurate. When evaluating other lithologies such as sandstones and dolomites the
two curves will separate by generally fairly fixed amounts and the porosity will
have to be corrected for this effect before saturation calculations are made. As a
rough guide the following rules apply: (for Limestone Porosity Units, pu)
Rock Type
Relationship
Difference
Sandstone
D > N
3 - 6 pu
Limestone
Both curves overlay
Dolomite
D < N
15 - 25 pu; b >2.7 gm.cc
Shale
D < N
> 25 pu
Gas Sand (or Lst)
D > N
> 15 pu
Figure 3: Density - Neutron Relationship

Whilst the response to shale and dolomite are quite similar, dolomite will show
much higher bulk density values due the matrix density of dolomite.
Gas sands are identifiable from the wide separation of the curves in the opposite
direction to the shale and dolomite response.
8-4
Figure 4: Lithology Identification Schematic
Cross-Plots
By cross-plotting density and porosity data using the appropriate vendor
supplied chart (e.g. Schlumberger CP-1), it is possible to identify lithology and
obtain Quick-Look Porosity in one operation. These charts work best for water
filled formations with a wide variation in porosity values, although corrections
can be made for gas effect. Sonic data can also be cross-plotted against either
density or porosity to provide extra confirmation.
8-5
Crossplots for Porosity

, Lithology and Saturation
Schlumberger
Porosity and Lithology Determination from

Litho-Density* Log and CNL* Compensated Neutron Log
CP-1f
For CNL cur

ves after1986 labeled TNPH
Liquid-filled holes (f = 1.190 g/cm3; Cf = 250 kppm)
1.9
45
2.0
45
Sulfur
Salt
40
Ap
pro
xim
co gas ate
rre
cti
on
2.2
35
y
sit
ro
Po
25
20
b, bulk density (g/cm )
2.3
2.4
15
15
10
2.5
35
30
ne
sto
nd
a
s
25
tz
ar
)
ne
Qu
to
es
20
m
i
(l
te
lci
Ca
30
35
25
30
20
25
15
ite
lom
Do
15
2.6
10
30
20
10
40
35
5
10
2.7
D, density porosity (p.u.) (ma = 2.71, f = 1.19)
2.1
CP
45
40
0
5
2.8
0
10
2.9
15
3.0
Anhydrite
0
*Mark of Schlumberger
Schlumberger
10
20
30
40
CNLcor, neutron porosity index (p.u.) (apparent limestone porosity)
Figure 5: Neutron-Density Crossplot (Schlumberger)
Litho-Density Log
The Litho-Density Log is able to provide further assistance in lithological evaluation by combining bulk density (b) and Photo-electric absorption (Pe) values.
As discussed previously, certain minerals have unique Pe values which enables
direct evaluation of matrix type to be made form the Pe curve. There is some
variation in Pe values however, and errors can be introduced when dealing with
mixed matrices. By cross-plotting Pe and b data, most of this error is eliminated
and a more accurate lithological evaluation can be made.
8-6
Figure 6: Density - Pe Log
8-7
Crossplots for Porosity

, Lithology and Saturation
Schlumberger
Porosity and Lithology Determination

from Litho-Density* Log
CP-16
Fresh water, liquid-filled holes (f = 1.0)
2.0
40
Salt
40
1.9
20
ne)
(limesto
Calcite
10
20
2.5
Dolomite
2.4
10
b, bulk density (g/cm3)
2.3
30
Quartz sandstone
2.2
20
CP
30
30
40
2.1
10
2.6
2.7
2.8
Anhydrite
2.9
3.0
0
Pe, photoelectric factor
Schlumberger
For more information see Reference 27.

4-26
Figure 7: Density - Pe Crossplot (Schlumberger)
8-8
Introduction
One of the main uses of Wireline and MWD log data is to evaluate potential
reservoir sections for porosity, permeability, hydrocarbon content and reserves.
Indeed the first devices produced by Schlumberger in the 1920s were resistivity logs designed specifically for hydrocarbon evaluation. Whilst a multitude
of other data is now available, including directional survey, VSP and Drilling
Dynamics, reservoir evaluation remains the primary use for many operations.
In this section we will discuss the techniques available for Quick-Look log interpretation that can be performed on a manual basis, or with the help of PCs by
both wellsite and office based operations and production staff.
Most detailed analysis is performed by very powerful Workstation based
applications software directly from digital data, and is often available almost as
soon as the logging run is finished. The days of log analysts huddled over paper
plots with pen and paper are mostly long gone. However the basic techniques
remain the same though computers can, of course, perform far more calculations,
more quickly and perhaps more accurately than humans and can include more
complex algorithms for borehole and other environmental correction factors than
was hitherto possible.
It is necessary though, for all operators to have a fundamental understanding of
the processes used for this computerised analysis, so that checks on the results
can be made, and the validity of mathematical models established.
Porosity Evaluation
Estimations of porosity are necessary in order to fully interpret resistivity logs
for the presence of hydrocarbons because high resistivity could indicate a tight
zone rather than oil or gas. The Archie or Simandoux models for saturation
calculations need accurate porosity data in order to give effective results. Ultimately of course, bulk volume reserve calculations need porosity data in order to
relate saturation levels to quantities of hydrocarbons.
Porosity is mainly calculated from one of the three major porosity logs:
Sonic
Litho-Density
Neutron Porosity
9-1
In the absence of any of this data, porosity can be derived from formation resistivity values in sections where no hydrocarbons are present. This last comment
however renders the technique less than useful in most situations since it is
usually reservoir bearing rocks that need to be evaluated.
Quick-Look Porosity
With clean sands and carbonates, Quick-Look Porosity estimations can be made
easily by averaging computed values derived from any of the three porosity logs.
For example:
2
( D ) + ( N )
--------------------------------2
Where:
Quick-Look Porosity
Porosity from Density Log
Porosity from neutron Log
The porosity values derived from log data have been corrected for lithology and
pore fluid content, using Schlumberger Chart Por-5 (Density Log) or Chart Por13 (Neutron Log), or by using the appropriate mathematical formula.
Porosity from the Sonic Log

Porosity values derived from sonic log data only indicate primary, intergranular
porosity. Intraparticle or macro secondary porosity will not be read from the tool,
and apparent porosity values will be low compared with those from the Density
and Neutron logs. A comparison of the results might however enable estimations
of secondary porosity to be made.
Porosity calculations from the sonic log may also be unreliable in under
compacted formations, such as offshore shallow sandstones which may not be
competent enough to transmit compressional waves. Corrections are normally
made by comparing the apparent porosity values with those from density or
neutron porosity data.
Shaly Sand Evaluation

Where significant amounts of clay or shale are present either as interlaminated
sections or finely disseminated throughout the rock, Quick-Look Porosity values
9-2
derived from density or neutron data will be inaccurate. The Neutron Log sees
all hydrogen as potential porosity, including that present in the lattice of clay
minerals, particularly Smectites. Similarly the slightly higher density of clay will
cause errors in porosity values derived from the Density Log.
It is necessary to calculate the volume of clay present in the sandstone formation,
Vcly, from the Gamma Ray log by relating the GR value at the point of interest
to the GR value of pure clay and clean sandstones in nearby formations.
Vsh Index
Initially a Vsh Index is calculated from data affected by clay content such as the
Gamma Ray or S.P. logs:
GR GR min
V Sh = -------------------------------------GR max GR min
Vsh Determination
This linear relationship is not strictly accurate as both older and younger formations exhibit a curved response. Algorithms to determine this are:
V sh = 0.33 [ 2
( 2 Vsh Index )
V sh = 0.83 [ 2
( 3.7 Vsh Index )
1]
1]
for older (consolidated) formations
for younger (unconsolidated) formations
Gas Sand Evaluation

Where significant amounts of gas are present in the formation, residual values in
the flushed zone may be very high. This gas will affect both the density and
neutron porosity logs giving false apparent porosity values.Gas contains far less
hydrogen than water or oil. Since the neutron log assumes all porosity to be filled
with hydrogen bearing material, apparent neutron porosity values will be too low
when filled with gas rather than oil or water.
The density log values will be low due to the effect of the gas, giving high
apparent porosities. It is necessary to allow for the gas in the pore fluid part of
the porosity calculation formula, and to use the appropriate correction chart or
model to correct the neutron log readings.
9-3
Hydrocarbon Evaluation
Introduction
Hydrocarbon evaluation is made from combining data from various logs in order
to minimise the effects of lithology. Pore fluid type and environment variables
on the results. All detailed analysis is performed by computer, often almost as
soon as the data is available.
The basic tool for hydrocarbon detection is the resistivity log. Hydrocarbons are
assumed to be insulators of electrical current so that high formation resistivity
should indicate the presence of oil or gas. However, rock matrix material is also
an effective insulator. An area of high resistivity could just indicate tight
formation rather than the presence of hydrocarbons. To make a full evaluation it
is therefore necessary to know both the porosity and the resistivity.
Hydrocarbon Determination
Initial hydrocarbon detection is made by identifying a suitable permeable section
form analysis of S.P., Gamma Ray and Resistivity log data. Potential hydrocarbon bearing zones will have high formation resistivity and significant
porosity.
The Resistivity log can be manually scanned to identify permeability and high
resistivity areas, which can then be compared correlated with porosity data for
final confirmation.
Hydrocarbon Saturation (Sh)

In order to compute bulk volume reserves the hydrocarbon saturation levels in
the potential reservoir section have to be computed and related to area, thickness
and internal geological variation factors. Hydrocarbon saturation, (Sh), is
normally determined from water saturation (Sw).
Sw = 1-Sh
Sw is defined as the amount of hydrocarbons present in the pore volume of the
rock, expressed as a percentage of total porosity. Obviously, as Sw decreases, Sh
increases. Values of Sw are mathematically computed from resistivity and
porosity data using variations of the Archie equation:
Ro
n
Sw = ------Rt
9-4
Where:
Sw
= Water Saturation
= Saturation exponent, normally 2
Ro
= Formation Resistivity when Sw = 1
Rt
= True Formation Resistivity
It can be seen that the hydrocarbon saturation value will increase as the formation
resistivity values increase, assuming porosity remains constant, since more of the
pores are filled with insulating material. Effectively then, the height of the resistivity log peak in the hydrocarbon bearing zone should indicate saturation level.
In order to perform such a calculation it is necessary to compare the true
formation resistivity value, Rt, with the formation resisted that one be present if
the zone only contained water, Ro. By definition, Ro, can only be measured
directly when Sw = 1, (100% water saturation), so that values of Ro are not
available for the saturation calculation in hydrocarbon bearing zones. Ro has to
be estimated or calculated from other sources.
Ro
Depth
Rt
Sh
Resistivity Ohm-m
Figure 1: Hydrocarbon Saturation
9-5
Formation Water Resistivity (Rw)
In a water saturated zone the bulk resistivity, Ro and the resistivity of the water
with which it is saturated, Rw, are related by the Formation Resistivity Factor, F:
Ro------= F
Rw
Ro = F Rw
and
a
F = -----m
Thus Ro can be estimated in hydrocarbon bearing zones as long as porosity and
Rw are known. Rw can be measured directly from RFT or other testing operations, or can be computed from wireline and MWD log data.
In well known areas water catalogues are available giving values of Rw in certain
formations as determined by various operators over a number of years.
Without accurate measured values of Rw calculations have to made. These are
performed in the 100% Sw zone of the reservoir where Rt = Ro. Hence the
apparent formation water resistivity is:
Rt
Rw = ----F
As long as this calculation is made in the 100% Sw section then apparent Rw

values should be consistent and accurate. Where Sw is not 100%, the presence
of hydrocarbons will increase Rt and the Rwa values will also increase. The
consistently lowest values of Rwa measured over the section are likely to be
closest to true Rw.
Rw can also be calculated from the S.P. Log, if available and from the resistivity
log using the Resistivity Ratio Method.
Resistivity Ratio Method

The ratio method uses data from the flushed zone, Rxo and the uninvaded zone,
Rt to calculate Rw without the need for porosity data. This used to be especially
useful in new areas after the resistivity logging had been completed but before
9-6
the Litho-density and Neutron Porosity tools had been run. However with
modern logging platforms such as Baker Atlas Focus and Schlumberger
Platform Xpress and LWD tools, both resistivity and porosity data is normally
readily available for potential reservoir zones.
F
Rw
----------------Rt
Sw =
Sxo =
F Rmf
-------------------Rxo
In a water saturated zone, Sw and Sxo = 1. Therefore:

F Rw
----------------- =
Rt
F Rmf
-------------------Rxo
and
F
Rw
F Rmf
----------------= -------------------Rt
Rxo
therefore:
Rt Rmf
Rw = ---------------------Rxo
Where:
F
= Formation Resistivity Factor
Rw
= Formation Water Resistivity
Rt
= True Formation Resistivity
Ro
= Formation Resistivity when Sw = 1
Rmf = Mud Filtrate Resistivity

Rxo = Resistivity of the Flushed Zone
9-7
Archie Equation
The fundamental method of computing Sw and hence hydrocarbon saturation is
by using the Archie equation. Modifications of this approach are now used to
obtain more accurate data, but the basic approach is similar. The accuracy of the
method, as with any model, lies in the accuracy of the raw data fed into it as much
as with the accuracy of the model itself.
Sw =
F
Rw
----------------Rt
In most quick-look applications, n is taken to be equal to 2, so that the formula

becomes:
Sw =
F
Rw
----------------Rt
To use the formula it is necessary to know the porosity, (for F), True Formation
Resistivity, (Rt), and Formation Water Resistivity, (Rw).
Moveability Index
Having calculated Sw values over the interval, an indication of their moveability
can be obtained by comparing them with corresponding value of Sxo (water saturation in the flushed zone). Thus Sxo - Sw gives a rough indication of how easily
the hydrocarbons might be produced.
Ratio Method
The resistivity ratio method can also be used to provide estimates of Sw before
porosity information is available. By making an assumption about the likely ratio
of Sw to Sxo, ideally from offset data, and combining the equations for Sw and
Sxo, water saturation values can be estimated. This method will not ultimately
be as reliable as the Archie formula, but its value is in providing early indications
of potential hydrocarbon zones, identifying sections of interest for further study
and providing a means of quantification if porosity data is not available.
2
Sw
( Rxo ) ( Rt )----------------------------------------=
2
( Rmf ) ( Rw )
Sxo
9-8
By dividing Sw by Sxo the requirement for F has disappeared, and no porosity
values are needed to estimate Sw. Sxo remains an unknown, so its likely value
has to be estimated by using offset data or a rule of thumb. The Schlumberger
chart book uses a default value of:
Sxo = Sw
15
Chart Sw-2, solves the equation and gives an estimation of Sw.
Resistivity
Schlumberger
Saturation Determination
Sw-2
Ratio method
Sor (%)
Rmf /Rw
0.6 0.8 1.0
1.5
2 2.5 3
5 6
8 10
15
20 25 30
10
20
50
70
50
30
20
Sxo = Sw
60
S
Rxo
2Kc log xo
Sw
Rt
40
50
Sw
)
(%
30
40
25
10
8
6
5
25
15
20
B
15
25 30
% %
40
%
1
0.8
Sxo = Sw
10
1.0
20
%
0.6
0.5
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
Sxo
Sw = Sxo (Swa)0.8
15
%
0.4
0.3
Sw
20
30
50 60 70
% % %
Rxo
Rt
0%
10
Sw
40
60
80
40
EpSP = Kc log
30
40 50 60
10
%
0.2
0.1
0.08
0.6 0.8 1.0
75
100
150
200
300
Schlumberger
1.5
2 2.5 3
Kc
70
5 6
8 10
Rmf /Rw
15
20 25 30
25
50
75
100
150
80
90
100
20 10 0
40 50 60
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
EpSP or ESSP (mV)
See instructions on previous page. For more information see Reference 12.
6-41
Figure 2: Sw from Resistivity ratios
9-9
Cross-Plots
Cross-plots provide a means of graphically solving the Archie and Ratio
equations to provide Sw estimations. Advantages include not having to know Rw
values beforehand and being able to plot multiple points to give a visual representation of the entire reservoir. They provide useful quick-look information and
can help to identify zones of interest before detailed calculations are attempted.
Hingle Cross-plot
The Hingle cross-plot solves the Archie formula without the need for prior
knowledge of Rw values. The method is as follows:
1. Select the appropriate cross-plot scaled paper. Different sheets are available
for different relationships of F, which will depend on the formation type.
2. Select the x-axis for plotting porosity or density values on a linear scale. The
plot is more successful if their is a variation in porosity throughout the section.
3. Plot Rt values (LLD or ILD) directly from the log, corresponding to the
density/porosity values for the point of interest.
4. Provided a good range of points has been selected throughout the reservoir
lithology, the most north-westerly points will tend to fall on a straight line. When
extrapolated, this will identify the matrix density value at its intercept with the xaxis, i.e. zero porosity.
This line defines values of 100% Sw since it represents the lowest values of Rt
for a given density. Rw can be calculated by choosing any point on this line and
taking values of Rt and porosity. Formation factor, F, can be determined from the
porosity and when compared with Rt, Rw can be found.
Once the 100%Sw line has been established values of Rt and F can be chosen to
define other values of Sw such as 50%, 25% etc. These lines are drawn parallel
to the original line and Sw for all other points plotted on the graph can be
estimated from their proximity to any of the Sw lines. Plotting Rxo against
Density provides estimations of the water saturation in the flushed zone, Sxo.
When compared with the Sw plot estimations of hydrocarbon moveability can be
made and again, the Hingle Cross-plot provides a very easy way of evaluating
multiple points, where each one can be seen to move individually.
Resistivity Ratio Plot
A cross-plot of Rxo against Rt, plotted on log-log paper also provides a graphical
solution to Sw calculations, this time based upon the resistivity ratio theory.
9-10
The 100% Sw line will be identified from points in the North West part of the
plot defining a line at 45. Lines of Sw = 50%, 25% etc. can be drawn by entering
Rmf/Rw ratios into Chart Sw-2 to determine values of Rxo/Rt that produce the
desired Sw values.
The value of Rw can be determined by choosing a point on the Sw = 100% line,
reading the Rxo/Rt ratio putting this into the ratio formula:
Rxo
Rmf
---------- = --------Rt
Rw
Since Rmf is a measured value and Rxo and Rt can be defined from the plot, Rw
can be calculated.
9-11
9-12
Shaly Sand Analysis

Introduction
In any petroleum province in the world where there are sand/shale sequences, the
geologist, engineer or log analyst confronts the "shaly sand problem." The shaly
sand problem is really a question of identifying, from logs, the degree to which
the presence of clay degrades reservoir quality, because clay affects both
porosity and permeability If too much shale or clay is in a reservoir, production
of hydrocarbons is suppressed by excessive reduction in permeability However,
a small amount of clay disseminated in the pores can be helpful for trapping
interstitial water, permitting hydrocarbon production from reservoirs with high
water saturation.
Most hydrocarbon-bearing sandstones contain laminated or dispersed clay
minerals (Fertl, 1982). As a consequence, any assessment of subsurface strata or
reservoir (unless it has been conclusively established otherwise) should begin
with the assumption that clay may be affecting log-derived measurements of
porosity and water saturation.
An understanding of the nature of clay and of the log data corrections needed if
significant amounts of clay are present in a reservoir helps the dedicated learner
avoid serious misjudgements in both hydrocarbon development and exploration
work. While it is true that the mathematical formulas and adjustments necessary
to obtain the correct information from logs in shaly sand reservoirs are laborious
and time-consuming, the end result of better formation evaluation is more than
worth the effort.
Computers are an invaluable tool for performing the complicated formulas of
shaly sand analysis, but their use does require a thorough knowledge of shaly
sand models. Otherwise, producibility versus non-producibility will be
confused, volumetric calculations may be incorrect, and serious completion
problems will be unanticipated.
In part, the ubiquitousness of clay in sandstones is strongly related to the number
of depositional environments with which clay is associated. For example, shaly
(clayey) sands are common in deep-water turbidite and mass-flow deposits
where clay particles aid in the transport of the coarser fraction. In shallow-water
deltaic environments delta front and prodelta sands are deposited interlaminated
with shales and clays. Along wave-dominated coasts, bioturbated shoreface
sands have shales and clays organically reworked and mixed with sand. Offshore
or marine bar-sands often have a lower energy shaly sand facies associated with
winnowed higher-energy clean sands.
Another, and, in terms of log effect, even more important source of clay minerals
found in sandstones is the dispersed, authigenic clays
10-1
Shaly Sand Analysis

formed either as a direct precipitate from formation waters or through the diagenetic alteration of feldspars and volcanic rock fragments. These authigenic clays
may be very common. For example, Wilson and Tillman (1974) in an analysis of
785 sandstone samples from the Tertiary to Palaeozoic, found authigenic clay in
90 percent of the samples they studied. As the major component of shale, clay
minerals consist of extremely fine-grained hydrous alumino-silicates. They have
several characteristics which can directly affect logs. Clay minerals exhibit
varying degrees of radioactivity because of unstable isotopes in their lattice.
Density may also vary depending on the type of clay mineral. However, it is the
characteristics of clay affecting electrical behaviour that are the most significant
to log interpretation. One such characteristic is the charge imbalance occurring
along clay surfaces, allowing exchange of cations (cation exchange capacity or
CEC) between the clays adsorbed water and formation water.
An additional clay characteristic is the large surface area of the clay minerals
(Berry 1982). As a result of having a large surface area, clay is able to adsorb
large quantities of a reservoirs pore water to its surface. This bound water
contributes to electrical conductivity (i.e. lowers resistivity on resistivity logs),
but does not contribute to hydraulic conductivity because the bound water is
immovable. A reservoir with dispersed clay will have both effective porosity
(non-clay bound fluid) and total porosity (clay bound and non-clay bound fluid).
The presence of shale or clay in a sandstone has two effects on the reservoir:
1) shale or clay reduces a reservoirs storage capacity by reducing
effective porosity,
2) shale or clay reduces a reservoirs ability to transmit fluids by
reducing permeability.
In addition to the loss of effective porosity and permeability, clay can also cause
problems when a well is completed. These problems include:
1) migration of fines where clay minerals are torn loose from the
sand grains and migrate with the reservoirs fluids to the well bore
and plug pores, causing a loss in permeability;
2) water sensitivitywhere the clays swell in the reservoir when frac
water is introduced, causing both a loss of effective porosity and
permeability;
3) acid sensitivitywhere hydrochloric acid (HCl) reacts with ironbearing clays to form ferric hydroxide, a gelatinous precipitate that
clogs pores and reduces permeability.
10-2
Shaly Sand Analysis

The presence of clay in a reservoir has two effects on petrophysical logs:
1) it lowers resistivity
2) it causes the porosity logs (sonic, neutron, and density) to
generally record too high a porosity.
In order to determine true water saturation in a shaly sand, the Archie water saturation equation must be modified by a number of different shaly sand equations
which are discussed later in the text. The presence of clay causes the three
porosity logssonic, density, and neutronto generally record too high a
porosity. The first porosity log listed the sonic log, records too high a porosity
because the interval transit time of clay or shale is high. When the sonic porosity
is calculated using the reservoirs matrix travel time, the calculated porosity is
higher than it should be. The second porosity log listed the neutron log, measures
hydrogen ion concentration and records clay as porosity because of its high
hydrogen content. As a result, calculated neutron porosity errs by being too high.
Finally, the last porosity log in our list, the density log, records too high a
porosity whenever the matrix density of the clay is less then the reservoirs
matrix density. However, in the case where clays density and a reservoirs
matrix density are the same, the density log will measure true effective porosity
If clay density is greater or less than the matrix density (2.65 g/cc), density log
porosities can be less than or greater than the porosity calculated in a clay-free
sandstone.
Generally, we can say that in shaly sand analysis, the porosities measured by all
three porosity logs must be corrected for the presence of clay to find the actual
fluid transmittable or effective (e) porosity, for it is only the effective porosity
that is capable of allowing movement of reservoir fluids.
Shaly sand analysis requires several steps, including correcting total porosity (all
porosity including both clay-free and clay-bearing) to effective porosity (e;
only clay-free porosity). In addition, total water saturation (Sw; before shale or
clay adjustment) must be corrected to reveal effective water saturation (Swe;
after shale or clay adjustment). Shale or clay may cause the uncorrected total
water saturation (Swt) to be very high (Swt> 70%), indicating that a zone is water
saturated (wet), when, in fact, it may be productive. Consequently, shaly sand
corrections are designed to discriminate between total water saturation and
effective water saturation (i.e. Swe <Swt).
The importance of shaly sand analysis cannot be over-stated. By using the
corrections that constitute what is called "shaly sand analysis," we can determine
the percentage of effective porosity (e) that controls the flow of fluidsoil, gas
10-3
Shaly Sand Analysis

or water; we can determine effective water saturation (Swe) so that potential
hydrocarbon producing zones are not overlooked; and we can use shaly sand
analysis to help us evaluate potential enhanced recovery (EOR) shaly reservoirs.
There are vast amounts of hydrocarbons tied up in enhanced recovery (EOR)
shaly reservoirs (Tyler, 1988) that count as undeveloped or unproduced reserves.
These represent an important future oil and gas supply once the hydrocarbons are
freed by enhanced oil recovery. A vital first step in the recovery of these reserves
is shaly sand analysis, because effective porosity (e) and effective water saturation (Swe) must be known in order to both map and volumetrically determine
the amount of possible recoverable hydrocarbon.
This text is devoted to discussing techniques which help answer the questions: Is
shale or clay present in a reservoir? And, if shale or clay is present, how can log
readings be adjusted to yield correct information about fluid transmitting
porosity and moveable water? Both effective porosity and effective water saturation yield information about reservoir producibility and volumetrics.
Before these questions can be addressed and the actual log analysis of shaly
reservoirs presented, it will be helpful if the reader acquires an understanding of
the nature of shale, shale and clay distributions, and how shale and clay affect
resistivity and porosity logs. With this in mind, we now turn our attention to these
subjects.
Nature Of Clay Minerals And Shale

General
Shale is a mixture of clay minerals and silt laid down in very low energy environments. The silt fraction of shale consists of fine particles (<0.0625 mm),
mostly quartz. On the other hand, the clay fraction of shale is made up of
minerals which are hydrous aluminium silicates with small amounts of magnesium, iron, potassium, and other elements. Clay particles have a layered platelet
structure 510 A (A =10-8 cm) thick and to 10,000 A in length and width. Clay
platelets are stacked one above the other with spacings of 20100 A. Clay
minerals are very small particles (maximum size 0.0002 mm), about 10100
times smaller than the average sand grain (Dewan, 1983).
The cation exchange capacity (CEC) is the capacity of the day to exchange
cations from exchangeable positions in the adsorbed water around the clay with
cations in the free water in the pores, and with cations in the interlayer of the clay
minerals. Because of the higher cation exchange capacity (CEC) of montmorillonite and illite compared with chlorite and kaolinite, shaly sands with large
10-4
Shaly Sand Analysis

amounts of montmorillonite and illite have higher conductivity (i.e. lower resistivity) than shaly sands with kaolinite and chlorite.
Chlorite and kaolinite have much greater neutron porosities than montmorillonite and illite. Consequently, shaly sands with large amounts of chlorite and
kaolinite have higher neutron porosities when compared with shaly sands
composed predominantly of montmorillonite and illite. Calculated density
porosity is affected by the presence of montmorillonite and chlorite. The higher
density of chlorite (2.8 gm/cc) versus quartz (2.65 gm/cc) results in a lower
calculated density porosity but, the lower density of montmorillonite (2.45 gm/
cc) versus quartz (2.65 gm/cc) results in a higher calculated density porosity.
The most important minor component in clays is iron. The presence of iron
affects acid sensitivity to hydrochloric acid (HCl).
Shale or Clay Distribution in Shaly Sands

Laminated Shale
For the purpose of log analysis, the term "laminated shale" refers to strata of
shale a fraction of an inch to several inches thick interbedded with sand or sandstone. Laminar shales may be so thin that the resistivities of the clean, hydrocarbon-bearing sands are averaged by the resistivity log with the clay-rich
siltstones or shales, and produce a shale-like, low resistivity log reading. Because
shale has essentially zero permeability, the average permeability and porosity of
interlaminated sand/shale sequences will theoretically be reduced in proportion
to the volume of shale (Vsh). For example, 4% laminar shale will theoretically
reduce effective permeability and porosity by 40% to only 60% of the clean sand
values. By using a rule of thumb that a 50% reduction in permeability is the cutoff for production, we might assume that a reservoir could produce hydrocarbons
with as much as 50% laminar shale. However, in nature, the laminated sand/shale
sequences tend to be lenticular, and consequently, 30 to 40% laminated shale is
the normal tolerated maximum for commercial production in this type of shale
distribution (Dewan, 1983).
The detrital origin of clay in laminated shale means that shale laminations
between sands normally have the same clays and water content as the adjacent
thick shale beds. This similarity in laminated shales leads to a basic assumption
that the resistivities of laminated shale and thick adjacent shales are the same.
However, it is necessary to first establish that a reservoir approximates a shaly
sand laminar distribution model before we can use the resistivities of adjacent
shale beds. Other clay distributions can preclude the use of adjacent bed resistivities.
10-5
Shaly Sand Analysis

Structural Shale
When occurring in the form of structural shale, clay grains, shale clasts or
particles are present along with sand grains. Usually, structural clays occur as
grains or clasts and, as such, have little effect on porosity and permeability. This
type of clay is least objectionable to reservoir quality, and commonly does not
occur in effective quantities. If it is conclusively established that structural shale
is present, then, because of its detrital origin adjacent shale beds can be used to
establish shale resistivity Structural and laminated shales have similar log
responses (Visser, et. al., 1988).
Dispersed Clay
Dispersed clay is disseminated in the pore space of sand and replaces fluid
volume. This type of clay distribution is very damaging because a small amount
of dispersed clay chokes pores and reduces effective porosity and permeability
to non-productive values. Maximum tolerable clay by volume is 1520%. Most
of the dispersed clay is authigenic; in other words it diagenetically formed in
place after deposition of the sand. The authigenic origin of most dispersed clay
means that the composition of the clay (including water content) in the shaly
sand and the clay in the adjacent shale may be radically different, and may have
significantly different resistivities. Thus, in shaly sand analysis, it is risky to use
adjacent shale resistivities, unless it has already been established that the shale
distribution is laminated, structural, or allogenic bioturbated clays. In all these
cases the origin is detrital; adjacent shale resistivities are therefore compatible
with the shale in the shaly sand, so that shaly sand equations requiring a shale
resistivity value can be used. When authigenic dispersed clay is present or
suspected, or when clay distribution is unknown, shaly sand equations which do
not require a value for shale resistivity (Rsh) are needed.
The presence of clay in a sandstone reservoir lowers the resistivity measured by
the induction electric logs. This occurs because of the large amount of bound
water held by very fine-grained day minerals and also because of the high cation
exchange capacity (CEC) of some clays. As mentioned earlier, the maximum
size of clay minerals is approximately 0.0002 mm, or about 10 to 100 times
smaller than the average sand grain. This very fine grain size, along with the
often fibrous shape of clays, results in a shaly sand reservoir which has a large
amount of bound water. The high bound water content of shaly sands results in
a lower resistivity but since the bound water is immobile, the lower resistivity
may not necessarily mean a water-productive reservoir.
Clay platelets are negatively charged due mainly to ionic substitutions in the
crystal structure and from broken bonds along their edges. When a clay platelet
is in a saline solution, charge-balancing Na+ ions are held near the clay surface,
and Cl anions are repelled from the clay surface.
10-6
Shaly Sand Analysis

We conclude, then, that the presence of day in a sandstone can lower resistivity
sometimes dramatically, and can result in a very high calculated Archie water
saturation if corrections are not made for the effects of clay.
Clay Minerals and Porosity Logs

As stated earlier, the presence of clay causes all the porosity logs (neutron,
density, and sonic) to record too high a porosity. The only exception to this is the
density log, which will not record too high a porosity if the clay density is equal
to or greater than the reservoirs matrix density (Quartz = 2.65 g/cc).
The low velocity of clay is recorded on the sonic log by a high interval transit
time reading. Then, when sonic porosity of a shaly sand is calculated, the high
interval transit time results in a calculated high sonic porosity. The neutron log,
which records hydrogen ion concentration, detects the presence of clay in a
sandstone as an increase in porosity, because of the large amount of hydrogen in
the clays crystal structure and in the clays hydrated water. The density log
records too high a porosity in a shaly sand when the density of the clay is less
than the density of the sand matrix (2.65 gm/cc).
It is vital that the porosity of a shaly sand be corrected for the presence of shale
or clay to effective porosity. By definition, only effective porosity transmits the
reservoir fluids of oil, gas and water, and is an essential parameter in our pursuit
of commercial versus non-commercial hydrocarbon production. Just how we
adjust standard log equations to find effective porosity and water saturation is the
next focus of our discussion.
General
In all shaly sand analysis, formulas are used to reduce the water saturation value
from the value that is calculated if the effects of shale or clay are ignored.
Lowering the water saturation numbers can be a problem in log evaluation,
because if the volume of clay (Vcl) is overestimated, a water-bearing zone may
calculate as if it were a hydrocarbon zone (Hilchie, 1978).
A major problem that still confronts us in shaly sand analysis is determining a
shale or clay resistivity value for the shale or clay in shaly sand zones. The
percentage of clay in a reservoir is less important than clay type and its cation
exchange capacity. As stated earlier, in shaly sand analysis, we often make an
assumption that the resistivity of the adjacent shale beds is the same as the shale
or day in the reservoir rock. There are exceptions to this rule, and the reader is
reminded of the caveats that pertain to use of resistivities of the adjacent shale.
10-7
Shaly Sand Analysis

Determination of Volume of Clay
The first step in shaly sand analysis is to determine volume of clay (Vcl). This is
a volumetric number and does not take into account such variables as type of clay
mineral and distribution. It is, however, a clay indicator, and so unless the geologist, engineer or log analyst knows that clay or shale is not a reservoir problem
in their area, volume of clay (Vcl) should always begin any log analysis. Three
different logs are used in volume of clay calculations: gamma ray, spontaneous
potential and neutron-density. The gamma ray log detects clay by an increase in
radiation associated with the presence of clay; the spontaneous (SP) log detects
clay by the decrease in SP deflection caused by the loss of ionic permeability in
the shaly sand; and the neutron-density log detects the presence of clay by the
increase in neutron porosity over density porosity. This large amount of neutron
porosity is the result of the high hydrogen ion concentration in clays.
The gamma ray log equations necessitate knowing whether or not sand in a given
area is consolidated or unconsolidated. Commonly, Tertiary sands are unconsolidated while older sands are compacted.
Shale Volume from Gamma Ray Log

V sh = 0.33 [ 2
( 2 Vsh Index )
V sh = 0.83 [ 2
( 3.7 Vsh Index )
1]
1]
for consolidated sands

for unconsolidated sands
GR GR min
Vsh Index = -------------------------------------GR max GR min
Shale Volume from S.P. Log

PSP
V sh = 1.0 ----------SSP
Where:
PSP = SP in shaly sand
SSP = SP in clean sand
10-8
Shaly Sand Analysis

Shale Volume from Neutron-Density Data
( N D )
V sh = -------------------------------( Nsh Dsh )
Where:
N
D
Nsh
Dsh
=
=
=
=
Neutron porosity in shaly sand

Density porosity in shaly sand
Neutron porosity in adjacent shale
density porosity in adjacent shale
Volume of clay can be determined by applying all three methods, and then by
using the lowest obtained value in the porosity and shaly sand equations, presented later in this chapter. However, if the shaly sand is a gas sand, volume of clay
(Vcl) should not be determined from the neutron-density log. Gas may not
evenly affect the neutron curve or density curve, and so, in this situation, the
gamma ray log and SP methods are compared to find the lowest value for volume
of clay (Vcl).
Even though volume of clay (Vcl) can be arrived at by the suggested comparison
techniques, the best volume of clay (Vcl) value may be the one based on the
gamma ray log. If a gamma ray log is available, research by Johnson and Linke
(1977) indicates that using the formula provided in the text for finding volume
of clay (Vcl) from gamma ray logs yields a volume of clay (Vcl) value that works
as the most effective number. For example, Johnson and Linke (1977) report
excellent correlation between volume of day (Vcl) determined using the gamma
ray log and cation exchange capacity (CEC) values measured on cores. They
find, however, poor correlation between volume of clay (Vcl) and cation
exchange capacity (CEC) determined from neutron-density logs, and attribute
this to the fact that the gamma ray log responds primarily to the higher radioactive content in illite and montmorillonite, which have high cation exchange
capacities (CEC).
Neutron-density logs, when used as the basis for finding volume of clay (Vcl),
tend to exaggerate the influence of kaolinite and chlorite, because these clay
minerals have higher neutron porosities, compared with those of illite and
montmorillonite. But, because both kaolinite and chlorite have low cation
exchange capacity (CEC) values compared with illite and montmorillonite
(Table 3), there is a poor correlation between neutron-density derived volume of
clay (Vcl) and cation exchange capacity (CEC). This suggests that the gamma
ray log is a better indicator of cation exchange capacity (CEC) than are the
neutron-density logs. As mentioned before in the text, clays with high cation
exchange capacity (CEC) also tend to have the highest surface area; therefore,
10-9
Shaly Sand Analysis

they also have the highest bound water content, and have a more pronounced
effect on log measurements. We conclude, then, that a value for volume of clay
(Vcl) that favours clays with high cation exchange capacity (CEC) leads to better
corrections in the porosity and shaly sand equations.
The gamma ray log should not be used to determine volume of clay when
feldspars are present in the sand. The presence of potassium in the feldspars will
cause an overestimation of volume of clay.
Correction of Porosity Logs for Volume of Clay

After a volume of clay (Vcl) value is determined, this value can be used to correct
the porosity log for the effect of clay. The formulas for correcting the sonic,
density, and combination neutron-density logs for volume of clay are:
Nc = N ( V sh Nsh )
Dc = D ( V sh Dsh )
Development of Shaly Sand Analysis

The formulas used to correct total water saturation (Swt) to effective water saturation (Swe) depend on availability of certain logging suites, on whether or not
the distribution of clay is known (i.e. laminated, structural or dispersed), and on
access to a computer. The correction formulas are developed around data from
different log types and show the evolution brought about as the sophistication of
logs increased through the 1950s to 1980s. Some of the formulas require a
number of different steps and have so many variables that a manual execution of
these steps over any great thickness of strata requires Herculean efforts, hence
the need for a computer.
Basically, three formulae are routinely used. These are:
Dual Water
Simandoux
Indonesia
Dual Water
This method can be used when no porosity data is available and is based on the
relationship of true formation resistivity (Rt) in the hydrocarbon bearing zone
10-10
Shaly Sand Analysis

compared with the resistivity of that zone if completely water saturated (Ro). As
previously discussed, since the zone is hydrocarbon bearing, no measured value
of Ro is available and the value has to be calculated.
Since no porosity log data is available, porosity has to be estimated from resistivity data, using estimated Sxo values. The first step is to calculate the resistivity
of the clay bound water, then calculate Ro and finally use the Archie formula to
calculate the shale corrected water saturation, Swcly.
R b = R sh ( R )
where:
Rb = resistivity of claybound water
Rsh = resistivity of adjacent shale
R = resistivity derived porosity
Rb Rw
R o = ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------2
[ ( R w V cly + R b ( 1 V cly ) ) ( R ) ]
Ro
-----Rt
S wcly =
Simandoux (1963)
2
Sw cly
where:
Swcly
cly
Rsh
Vsh
Rw
Rt
C
V sh 2
C R w V sh
5 ( cly )
= ----------------2- -------- + ------------------- + --------
R sh
R w R t R sh
( cly )
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
clay corrected water saturation

clay corrected porosity
resistivity of adjacent shale
volume of shale
formation water resistivity
true formation resistivity
Constant: 0.4: Sandstones
0.45: Carbonates
10-11
Shaly Sand Analysis

Indonesia
The hydrocarbon-bearing reservoir rocks of Indonesia cover a wide range of
lithologies and include clean carbonates and sandstones as well as formations of
variable or very high clay content. Their evaluation is also sometimes complicated by the presence of impurities of volcanic origin. Many of the quantitative
log-interpretation techniques developed in other areas of the world are applicable
to the solution of Indonesian problems. However, in the very shaly reservoir
formations sometimes encountered in Indonesia, existing methods for shaly
formations require additional refinements in order to obtain reliable porosity,
water-saturation, and lithology information.
The following formula is used:
V sh
1 ------2
V sh
m2
- S nw 2
--------- = ---------------- + ------------------Rt
R sh
a Rw
Log Analysis Guidelines

The reader will find the following guidelines helpful when selecting a shaly sand
log analysis method. The author applies the following rules:
1. When there is no porosity log and shale distribution is laminated, use the No
Porosity Log Dual Water method (Delphic, 1988); if the clay is either dispersed
or if you do not know the shale or clay distribution, use the No Porosity Log
Automatic Compensation method.
2. If the only porosity log is a sonic log, use the Automatic Compensation method
for either dispersed or laminated shale. This method, however, works best in
medium to high-porosity sandstone with dispersed clay (Dewan, 1983).
3. When the clay is dispersed or you do not know the clay or shale distribution,
use either the Indonesia method.
4. If the shale is laminated, use the Simandoux or Dual Water methods.
10-12
Shaly Sand Analysis

5. When the clay is dispersed and the resistivity of the dispersed clay is known
to be the same as the adjacent shale (bioturbated or turbidite shaly sands), use
Simandoux or Dual Water methods.
6. If the resistivity of the dispersed clay in the shaly sand is known or you want
to assume that the resistivity of the dispersed clay (Rcl) is equal to 0.4 times
(Fertl and Hammack, 1971) the resistivity of the adjacent shale (RSh), use
Simandoux or Dual Water methods.
7. In areas where formation water resistivities are high water saturations calculated by the Indonesia method should be used with caution. The reason for
caution is that it is assumed that RSh>> Rwi however, in shaly sands with high
formation water resistivities, this assumption may not be true.
8. For additional shaly sand and Vcl formulas along with guidelines for their use.
The Dispersed Clay or Indonesia methods are preferred when the clay is
dispersed or when the clay or shale distribution is unknown because these
equations do not require a value for shale resistivity. This absence of need for a
shale resistivity value is important because the resistivity of dispersed clay in a
reservoir very often is significantly different from the resistivity of the adjacent
shale. Dispersed clays are predominantly authigenic and vary in resistivity from
adjacent shale beds. This difference in resistivities between dispersed clay in the
reservoir and the resistivity of the adjacent shale is a particularly acute problem
in shaly sandstones where the resistivity of the adjacent shale is greater than the
resistivity of the shaly sands. Shaly sand water saturations, calculated with shaly
sand equations requiring shale resistivity (Rsh), will have a higher water saturation than by the standard Archie equation technique, whenever the resistivity of
the adjacent shale is greater than the resistivity of the shaly sand. Patchett and
Herrick (1982) report that, in general, a Vsh/Rsh term in a shaly sand equation is
appropriate only in laminated shaly sands. Therefore, whenever it has been
established that the shale distribution is laminated, it is best to use either the
Simandoux or Dual Water methods. The reason that shaly sand equations that
require a value for Rsh need to be restricted to laminated shaly sands (unless Rcl
is known) is that the clays in the shaly laminated sand and the adjacent shale are
both depositional in origin (allogenic).
10-13
Shaly Sand Analysis
10-14
MWD Overview
MWD/LWD Services
Measurement While Drilling is a technique for measuring directional survey and
petrophysical rock properties downhole, during drilling, and transmitting this
data to the surface for real-time evaluation. The service developed during the late
1970s and is now an integral part of formation evaluation in complex and difficult wells.
Applications for MWD services include:
Survey Data
Open Hole Petrophysics
Real Time Data
Tough logging conditions (TLC) where traditional wireline
logging is not possible
Alternative to tubing conveyed logging operations
Figure 1: General MWD Tool
Measurements
There are generally two types of measurement while tools: those which take directional surveying data and
those which take formation evaluation data:
MWD
Inclination
Azimuth
Tool face
11-1
MWD Overview
LWD
Gamma Ray
Resistivity
Formation Density
Photoelectric Effect
Neutron Density
Sonic
Pressure While Drilling
Annular Pressure
Formation Pressure
Wellbore Stability
Acoustic Caliper
Drilling Mechanics
Vibration
Downhole Torque
Downhole WOB
Mud Temperature
General Features
Drill Collar
MWD and LWD sensors are housed in a drill collar with an OD suitable for the
hole size being drilled. Typically these have been 6 and 8 to enable operation in 8 to 17 hole sizes. Recently however most companies have introduced slimhole versions of their tools in 4 drill collars for use in 6 and
smaller hole sizes. Indeed Baker Hughes Inteq have been field testing a 3?
diameter Rotary Steerable drilling tool with associated LWD sensors for 3? to
4 holes.
Sensor & Control Unit

The sensors are located in the centre of the drill collar to allow mud flow. A
microprocessor unit is included along with downhole memory for storing data
which is unable to be transmitted in real time.
Power Supply
Power supply comes from batteries or downhole generation. Batteries are usually
lithium-chloride types. Lithium provides the highest capacity (ampere-hours or
"Ah") per unit weight of all metals, making it an ideal material for a lithium
anode. Lithium systems offer distinct advantages over other battery systems,
11-2
MWD Overview
especially with respect to long life, reliability and capacity. Batteries also enable
logging while tripping if mud is not being circulated and independently of mud
flow and hydraulics variations.
Figure 2: Basic Tool Configuration

Battery Power
A lithium power source offers a significant advantage if:
A high voltage is needed (i.e. 3.0 to 3.9 volts per cell)
A recharging circuit is not available or too costly
The power source has to be as light weight as possible
Long shelf life is required
A wide temperature range is required
Reliability is crucial
Extremely high energy density is needed
Environmental concerns such as temperature, vibration or
shock are especially severe
11-3
MWD Overview
Your application demands a continuous source of power for extensive periods of time
Disadvantages with battery power include:
Finite life so compromises with real-time transmitted data have
to be made concerning data types and frequency related to
expected continuous drilling time
Not re-chargeable so disposal is a problem as they are classified
as hazardous waste:
These batteries are a characteristic hazardous waste due to
toxicity, ignitability and reactivity.
The temperature range on a lithium battery is 40F to 185F.
Generated Power
Power can be generated using the mud flow driving a turbine to power an alternator. This has the advantage of having no time limits although it requires mud
flowrates between certain, pre-set ranges, to function. Some MWD tools use a
combination of both power supply systems.
Data Transmission System

During the early development stage of MWD services many alternative forms of
data transmission systems were investigated.
During the 1970s there were drill collar mounted MWD sensors (accelerometers
and magnetometers) to measure inclination and azimuth connected to the surface
by a wire cable which exited the collar via a side-entry sub and provided a continuous, real time surface display. This could only work if there was no drillstring
rotation which was the case with early bent-sub and motor directional drilling
tools which used a mud-driven turbine to turn the bit which was attached to a
bent housing above the motor. Because of the long overhang below the motor
and the amount of offset of the bit from the centreline of the drillstring, no string
rotation was possible. Thus the tool could only build or drop hole angle whilst
turning right or left and was unable to drill straight. Using this early form of
MWD was very useful for geometric steering of these build or drop sections.
With developments in directional drilling tools, however, it became possible to
drill in either rotary (drillstring rotation) mode for straight drilling or oriented
(using the motor only) mode for drilling build or drop sections. This meant that
the hardwire cable form of data transmission became untenable.
11-4
MWD Overview
Other data transmission systems were then investigated and these included the
potential of using the drillstring as a conductive medium or of embedding a conductive wire within the wall of the drillpipe.
Drillstring Data Transmission
At least 10 patents have been issued during the last 50 years in attempts to create
drill pipe telemetry, using both hardwired and induction-based transmission
across connections, but both of these have failed. Like all hard-wired jointed
systems thus far, the electric contacts at the drill pipe joints proved too difficult
to reliably align, allow perfect contact, and not leak under field conditions.
Induction across couplings has a host of problems, most notably signal/field
losses and downhole power-boosting.
It was realized early on that hard-wired drill couplings, no matter how well
designed, would probably always be prone to failure as the number of connections and the many connect/disconnect cycles grew. Therefore, induction was
chosen as the means to transmit data from joint to joint for more serious reach.
This, however, carried with it many problems to overcome. It is only very
recently that Grant Prideco has developed IntelliPipe which is currently undergoing research and development including field trials. Whilst very fast data
transmission rates can be achieved, any hard-wired or induction based drillstring
telemetry system is likely to be very expensive to initiate and, of course, requires
the total replacement of the existing drillstring.
Figure 3: Grant Prideco Intellipipe
11-5
MWD Overview
Figure 4: IntelliPipe Surface Swivel

Mud Pulse Telemetry
Because of the cost and technical difficulties associated with developing drillstring data transmission systems, mud pulse telemetry has been used by all the
commercial vendors over the last twenty-five years.
Downhole valves or modulators are used to create pressure pulses or carrier
waves which are superimposed on the normal pump pressure (or standpipe pressure) signal and transmitted through the mud to the surface where they are seen
by very sensitive standpipe pressure transducers as a form of binary code. The
data is sent to sophisticated decoding computers for analysis.
The mud pulses are carried through the mud at roughly the speed of sound in mud
(i.e. 4000-5000 ft./sec or 1200-1500 m/sec), giving virtually instantaneous data
transmission. However data transfer rates with mud pulse telemetry are very
slow. Early tools worked at 1 3 bps; more recent tools work at around 10-12
bps whilst the latest generation Schlumberger tools from their EcoScope
system works at around 16bps which is enough for 2 data points/ft at logging
speeds of up to 450ft/hr. This needs to be compared with hard-wired systems
though which are capable of 2 million bps (2Mbps).
Typical current operational specifications:
11-6
MWD Overview
Survey Time
44seconds 92seconds
Toolface Update
15 seconds
Gamma Ray Update
28 seconds
Collar Size
4- 9 ins
MTBF
300 hrs +
Maximum Temp (operating)
300F (150C)
Maximum Temp (survival)
350F (175C)
Mud Pulse Telemetry Systems

Positive Mud Pulse Telemetry
Positive mud pulse telemetry (MPT) uses a hydraulic poppet valve to momentarily restrict the flow of mud through an orifice in the tool to generate an increase
in pressure in the form of a positive pulse or pressure wave which travels back to
the surface and is detected at the standpipe.
Figure 5: Positive Mud Pulse Telemetry
11-7
MWD Overview
Negative Mud Pulse Telemetry
Negative MPT uses a controlled valve to vent mud momentarily from the interior
of the tool into the annulus. This process generates a decrease in pressure in the
form of a negative pulse or pressure wave which travels back to the surface and
is detected at the standpipe.
Figure 6: Negative Mud Pulse Telemetry

Continuous Wave Telemetry
Continuous wave telemetry uses a rotary valve or mud siren with a slotted
rotor and stator which restricts the mud flow in such a way as to generate a modulating positive pressure wave which travels to the surface and is detected at the
standpipe.
Figure 7: Continuous Wave Telemetry
11-8
MWD Overview
Electromagnetic Telemetry
The electromagnetic telemetry (EMT) system uses the drill string as a dipole
electrode, superimposing data words on a low frequency (2 - 10 Hz) carrier
signal. A receiver electrode antenna must be placed in the ground at the surface
(approximately 100 meters away from the rig) to receive the EM signal. Offshore, the receiver electrode must be placed on the sea floor.
Currently, besides a hardwire to the surface, EMT is the only commercial means
for MWD data transmission in compressible fluid environments common in
underbalanced drilling applications. While the EM transmitter has no moving
parts, the most common application in compressible fluids generally leads to
increased downhole vibration. Communication and transmission can be two-way
i.e. downhole to uphole and uphole to downhole. The EM signal is attenuated
with increasing well depth and with increasing formation conductivity.
Figure 8: Electromagnetic Wave Telemetry
Memory
Most commercial real-time and recorded only formation evaluation tools have an
enhanced memory capability. This system provides for storage of raw data and
permits storage of data at higher rates than is possible with real-time transmissions. The memory system is also used for retrieval of formation data if only
toolface data are transmitted when steering. Data storage also provides data
recovery in case of transmission problems. For example, if real-time data are lost
11-9
MWD Overview
due to surface detection problems, memory data can be used to fill in the missing
information. The chances of memory filling up on long bit runs is a possibility
but rare in todays market.
MWD Services (Directional Survey Data)

MWD tools use solid state accelerometers and magnetometers to measure:
Borehole Inclination
Borehole Direction (Azimuth)
Tool Face Orientation (Azimuth)
Accelerometer
Accelerometers are used to measure the earths local gravitational field. Each
accelerometer consists of a magnetic mass (pendulum) suspended in an electromagnetic field. Gravity deflects the mass from its null position. Sufficient current
is applied to the sensor to return the mass to the null position. This current is
directly proportional to the gravitational force acting on the mass.
The gravitational readings are used to calculate the hole inclination, toolface, and
the vertical reference used to determine dip angle.
Magnetometer
Magnetometers are used to measure the earths local magnetic field. Each magnetometer is a device consisting of two identical cores with a primary winding
around each core but in opposite directions. A secondary winding twists around
both cores and the primary winding. The primary current (excitation current)
produces a magnetic field in each core. These fields are of equal intensity, but
opposite orientation, and therefore cancel each other out such that no voltage is
induced in the secondary winding. When the magnetometer is placed in an
external magnetic field which is aligned with the sensitive axis of the magnetometer (core axis), an unbalance in the core saturation occurs and a voltage directly
proportional to the external field is produced in the secondary winding.
The measure of voltage induced by the external field will provide precise determination of the direction and magnitude of the local magnetic field relative to the
magnetometers orientation in the borehole.
In the MWD drilling environment, there are many sources of magnetic interference that can cause inaccurate directional measurements. A ferromagnetic steel
object that is placed in a magnetic field will become magnetized. The amount of
induced magnetism is a function of the external field strength and magnetic permeability of the object. In order to prevent magnetic interference, the directional
11-10
MWD Overview
survey instrument is housed in a nonmagnetic stainless steel collar. The MWD
tool is usually arranged in a section of the bottom-hole assembly (BHA) which
is made up of a series of non-magnetic collars to reduce the impact of the drilling
assembly's steel components on the magnetic field at the location of the survey
sensor.
Other sources of magnetic interference may be caused by proximity to iron and
steel magnetic materials from previous drilling or production operations,
magnetic properties of the formation, and concentrations of magnetic minerals
(iron pyrites, etc.) in excess of six percent. Local magnetic anomalies may also
be present and the strength of local magnetic interference may change with
magnetic storms for example.
LWD (Formation Evaluation Logging While Drilling)

Gamma Ray
The Gamma Ray log has been a fundamental part of the petrophysical logging
suite for many years. It is used as a basic geological correlation tool, for depth
matching and for general geological interpretation. In LWD tools it is important
for geosteering in that it gives primary information about finding and drilling reservoir sections.
Most vendors tools use scintillation detectors to make gamma ray counts of
emitted radiation from rocks and minerals in the subsurface. Scintillation detectors use a crystal of thallium-doped sodium iodide which emits light flashes or
scintillations when a gamma ray interacts with the crystal. A high voltage photomultiplier tube captures the scintillations, amplifying them into an electrical
signal in the form of a count rate. Gamma rays are measured over a specified time
in order to collect enough counts to reduce statistical scatter. The data is normally
recorded and presented as API Gamma Ray Units as used in Wireline Logging
operations.
Gamma rays are produced from the radioactive decay of isotopes of Uranium,
Thorium and Potassium. Typical reservoir rocks, (sandstones, limestones and
dolomites) are usually deficient in these elements whilst many clay minerals
have high concentrations of all three. Mudrocks therefore tend to give high
gamma ray counts whilst reservoir rocks tend to have low values. This is complicated with variations in rock mineralogy which calls for more detailed and
careful interpretation.
Environmental factors will also affect gamma count rates. Mud types, mud
density, thin beds and hole size will all affect the response.
11-11
MWD Overview
MWD and Wireline Gamma Ray Comparisons
Some fundamental differences exist between MWD and wireline gamma ray
data, and only rarely do the logs overlay exactly. Statistical variations associated
with MWD logs are often considerably less than those of wireline because
wireline logging speeds are greater (1800 ft/hr) than MWD average rates of penetration (200 ft/hr). MWD bed resolution is improved, compared with wireline,
because of the slower logging speeds. MWD formation measurements are
carried out before significant hole enlargement occurs, resulting in data requiring
less correction. Also, MWD logs suffer less mud volume attenuation since the
gamma sensors are housed in drill collars that typically have larger OD's than the
wireline sondes. Differences are often noticed in run-by-run comparisons of
wireline gamma ray logs due to centralization practices.
Detected radiation, particularly the lower energy gamma rays of thorium and
uranium, is more attenuated by the thick metal housing of the MWD collar.
MWD collars range from wall thicknesses of 1" to 3", while wireline gamma ray
tool housings are typically 1/8 to 3/8. Thus, the MWD measured gamma ray
spectrum is biased to enhance potassium relative to thorium and uranium. For
this reason, the MWD gamma ray data will be lower than wireline values in formations rich in thorium and/or uranium. After borehole correction, the two types
of logs may have identical values, particularly in formations with spectral characteristics similar to the API pit.
It should also be noted that the logging speed of LWD Gamma tools may be
variable within the same formation even though the ROP may have been consistent. This depends of the offset of the Gamma ray sensor from the bit and the
thickness of the bed being drilled. For example, if the gamma ray sensor is 5m
behind the bit and there is a 5m sandstone bed in between shales then the sandstone will be logged by the gamma ray tool at the ROP of the shales and not of
the sandstone. If the sandstone were 10m thick then half the bed would be logged
at the sandstone ROP and half at the shale ROP. Variations in logging speed
affects resolution so that it might look, just from the gamma curve, that there is
some variation in lithology which may not be the case. In some Geosteering
applications ROP is controlled to facilitate data integrity so this will also have to
be taken into consideration when interpreting LWD data.
Baker Hughes INTEQ, with their OnTrak MWD system have an azimuthal
gamma ray tool. Which can be used for making estimations of apparent formation dip. The tool has two detectors that are oriented 180 apart with the same
sensor depth offset. Any depth differences are a result of the relationship
between the well inclination and bed dip.
11-12
MWD Overview
Figure 9: MWD Gamma Ray Logging Speed Response
Resistivity Logs
Electrical resistance is the ability of a material to impede the flow of an electrical
signal. The formation matrix materials, or grains,are normally thought of as
being insulators and therefore do not contribute to formation conductivity. The
main electrical conductor in the formation is saline water which is mostly
confined to the pore space. Hydrocarbons, oil and gas, are also deemed to be
electrical insulators. Hence, low formation resistivity is usually indicative of
salty water filled porosity whilst high formation resistivity can either indicate the
presence of hydrocarbons or that the rock has low porosity. Resistivity tools are,
therefore, fundamental in the search for sub-surface hydrocarbons.
Resistivity logs can also indicate the presence of permeability within the formation, whether water or hydrocarbon filled. This requires an array of curves with
11-13
MWD Overview
different depths of investigation which will indicate variations in fluid type away
from the borehole.
When drilling high angle or horizontal wells resistivity information becomes
important in geosteering applications. Deep reading resistivity tools can indicate
variations in lithology or fluid type before the boundary is crossed and the well
can be steered away. This is most useful when azimuthal tools are used which
can indicate whether the tool is looking up, down, left or right.
A major benefit of MWD resistivity over wireline data is the formation exposure
time. Wireline logs may be run days or even weeks after the section has been
drilled, resulting in significant invasion of permeable zones by mud filtrate. This
invasion makes log interpretation difficult and requires resistivity tools with
deep depths of investigation to identify hydrocarbon bearing zones. MWD tools
log within minutes of the section being drilled when invasion might be thought
of as minimal, thus enhancing the interpretation process.
Short Normal Resistivity
During the late seventies, MWD companies looked for a resistivity measurement
which could be easily made using existing technology. The 16-inch short normal
measurement was chosen as it was thought to have very useful applications for
pore pressure evaluation in the Gulf of Mexico. The short normal (SNR) tool has
a typical operating range from 0.2 to 50 ohm-m and provides a basic resistivity
measurement in water based fluids where formation resistivity is close to mud
resistivity.
Meter
Generator
N
Spacing
Figure 10: Short Normal Theory
11-14
MWD Overview
Focused Current Resistivity (FCR)
The laterolog technique, commonly used in wireline logging, provided the basis
for improvements to short normal MWD. In 1987, Exploration Logging
(EXLOG) introduced a laterolog-style MWD tool. This Focused Current Resistivity (FCR) tool added focusing current electrodes above and below the measurement electrode to force the measurement current deeper into the formation.
The focused current resistivity (FCR) sensor was designed to perform optimally
in salt saturated muds, providing excellent thin bed resolution and improved
response in formations where Rt is in excess of 200 ohm-m
Figure 11: Electrode Type Resistivity Tools

Measurement Principle
The FCR sensor uses the same measurement principle as the guard or laterolog
tool of the wireline industry. The sensor utilizes three current emitting electrodes: two focusing and one measurement current electrode. Current is focused
into the formation by forcing the voltage of both the focusing electrodes and the
measurement electrode to have the same potential. A disc of investigating
current perpendicular to the axis of the tool, is focused horizontally into the formation. The current from the
11-15
MWD Overview
focusing electrodes prevents the measurement current, from flowing vertically in
the borehole. Like the SNR the FCR is a series measuring device. The current
disc passes through the borehole fluid, then into the formation. Both output
voltage and current from the measurement electrode are measured. Formation
resistivity is calculated from Ohms's Law using the current and voltage of the
measurement electrode. The resistivity is converted to an apparent formation
resistivity using the K factor of the tool.
Toroidal Resistivity
Toroidal Resistivity is offered commercially by Halliburton and Anadrill/Schlumberger also use the toroidal principle in the RAB tool. The toroidal resistivity
tool is based on a proposal by JJ Arps. The tool utilizes the collar as an electrode
to provide two resistivity measurements: a focused lateral resistivity measurement and a trend resistivity at the drill bit. The tool utilizes four toroidal coils
covered and protected by insulating shells. A voltage applied from the drive
toroid induces an alternating current in the drillstring, which is reversed in
polarity about the drive toroid. Current leaving the drillstring flows through the
annulus and formation and returns to the drillstring at a point where the polarity
is opposite. Essentially, induction drives a current along the collar and two sets
of receivers measure this current. Tool performance in lateral mode depends on
the length of BHA below the receivers. As the distance from the lower toroid to
the bottom of the hole increases, the bit measurement becomes less distinctive,
and at lengths of 20 feet or more the bit resistivity almost ceases to respond to
changes in formation resistivity (K factor is therefore BHA dependent). With oil
based muds an axial bit measurement is still possible, because of the contact of
11-16
MWD Overview
the drill bit with the formation (interstitial water). However, it should be noted
that axial bit measurement will not be possible with the bit off bottom.
Figure 12: Schlumberger RAB Tool

Electromagnetic Wave Propagation Resistivity
Electromagnetic waves propagated through the formation are affected by resistivity variations rather than the nature of the rock. The waves are slowed as the
conductivity of the formation increases causing the amplitude of the wave to
become attenuated. In order to maintain the same frequency the wavelength
changes. Measurement of amplitude attenuation and phase shift (difference) as
seen by a pair of receivers some distance from the transmitter enables the formation resistivity to be calculated.
11-17
MWD Overview
The standard WPR tool used by most vendors is a 2-Mhz device that provides
two resistivity measurements at different depths of investigation. For example,
the Baker Hughes INTEQ tool contains two receiving antennas which are spaced
27.5 and 34.5 inches (69.85 and 87.63 cm) from the single transmitting antenna.
Figure 13: Electromagnetic Wave Propagation

Phase Difference Measurement
The DPR sensor measures these signal changes by detecting the difference in
phase, or phase shift, between the two receivers which are spaced 7 inches (177
mm) apart. This receiver spacing is only a small fraction of a wavelength in high
resistivity formations, resulting in small phase differences in high resistivity formations. Conversely, larger phase differences occur in low resistivity formations.
Amplitude Ratio Measurement
The transmitted DPR signal is dramatically attenuated (signal amplitude

decreases) as it propagates through a conductive formation. The signal is attenuated very quickly in low resistivity formations, and to a lesser extent in high
resistivity formations. By comparing the signal amplitude at the near and far
receivers, the DPR sensor measures the attenuation that occurs between the two
receivers. This attenuation or amplitude ratio measurement, like the phase difference measurement, is subsequently converted to resistivity.
11-18
MWD Overview
By measuring both the phase difference and attenuation between the two receivers, the DPR sensor provides two resistivity measurements with different depths
of investigation: a shallow phase difference and a deep attenuation measurement.
The lines of constant amplitude around the transmitter are very wide, resulting in
the depth of investigation of the amplitude ratio measurement being greater than
the transmitter to receiver spacing, (namely 27.5"). In contrast, the lines of
constant phase form a sphere radiating from the transmitter. This results in a
depth of investigation approximately equal to the transmitter to receiver spacing.
Depth of investigation (DOI, expressed as a diameter) for propagation resistivity
MWD measurements is strongly dependent on and positively related to formation resistivity. For the DPR phase difference measurement, depth of investigation ranges from 23 inches in low resistivity formations to over 50 inches in
higher resistivities. For the amplitude ratio measurement, the DOI range is
roughly 40 to 60 inches, depending on resistivity.
Figure 14: 2MHz response
11-19
MWD Overview
Figure 15: 400 kHz response
Figure 16: EWR Log
11-20
MWD Overview
Borehole Corrections
Borehole size and mud resistivity will affect the response and need to be corrected. Dialetric factors, (the ability of the formation to store an electrical charge)
are often responsible for variations in response, particularly separation of the
amplitude and phase curves. In thinly bedded reservoirs, resistivity measurements may be adversely affected by overlying and underlying lithologies. Tool
eccentricity and formation invasion can also be corrected.
Current Systems
Halliburton, under its Sperry Sun product line has a tool called the EWRPhase4 which has four radio-frequency transmitters and a pair of receivers. By
measuring both the phase shift and the attenuation for each of the four transmitter-receiver spacings, eight different resistivity curves with differing depths of
investigation can be provided. These are referred to as Extra Shallow, Shallow,
Medium and Deep giving depths of investigation from 19 to 141 depending on
the resistivity of the formation being investigated.
Figure 17: Sperry Sun EWR Phase4

Schlumberger and Baker Hughes INTEQ also have tools which produce electromagnetic waves at 400kHz. Amplitude Attenuation and Phase Difference resistivities are again computed but the 400kHz wave produces deeper investigation
than the corresponding 2Mhz curves.
The original Dual Propagation (DPR) devices have also been supplemented, as
with the Sperry Sun tool, with additional transmitters and receivers to produce
multiple wave propagation tools (MPR). The Baker Hughes INTEQ MPR tool,
for example, is characterized by a compensated antenna design. A pair of receiving antennas spaced 8 inches apart are bounded above and below by a pair of
11-21
MWD Overview
transmitting antennas, which are spaced 23 and 35 inches from the measure point
(halfway between the receiving antennas). Measurements are taken in both directions (transmitting signal above and below) and averaged to cancel any borehole
effects or drifting of electronics (drifting electronics are typically caused by
increasing temperature and pressure downhole and is a problem which plagues
single transmitter or uncompensated designs).
This produces Long Spacing and Short Spacing resistivity measurements derived
from Amplitude Attenuation and Phase Difference responses from both the
2Mhz and 400kHZ wave forms. This gives a total of eight resistivity curves of
varying depths of investigation and vertical resolution. Data processing of all this
information can be done to produce a set of resistivity curves of nominally set
depths of investigation at 10, 20 35 and 60
Generally speaking, amplitude attenuation resistivity gives deeper depth of
investigation but poorer vertical resolution than phase Difference derived resistivity.
Generally, electromagnetic wave propagation resistivity has the following characteristics:
Tools measure more accurately in conductive media.
Improved vertical resolution in conductive media.
Depth of investigation increases with increasing
formation resistivity.
Depth of investigation is deeper for the 400 kHz resistivities
than the 2 MHz resistivities.
Depth of investigation for attenuation resistivities is deeper
than phase difference resistivities.
Depth of investigation for long spaced resistivities is deeper
than for short spaced resistivities.
Depth of investigation for ratio and difference resistivities
is deeper than for raw measurements.
Depth of investigation order is as follows:
400 kHz Rat > 2 MHz Rat > 400 kHz Rpd > 2 MHz Rpd
long spaced > short spaced
attenuation > far amplitude > near amplitude
phase difference > far phase > near phase
11-22
MWD Overview
Vertical resolution is better for 2 MHz resistivities than
for 400 kHz resistivities.
Vertical resolution is better for phase difference resistivities
than attenuation resistivities.
Vertical resolution is better for differences and ratios than for
raw measurements.
Typically wireline resistivity data is used to identify hydrocarbons, estimate Rt
(true formation resistivity) for saturation calculations and model invasion
profiles (separation of multi-depth of investigation tools). This is still possible
with MPR measurement while drilling devices although estimates of Rt are
possibly less accurate and invasion is almost certainly less developed.
One of the main benefits of MWD resistivity is its assistance in Geosteering
applications. Modelling the resistivity response can help in target finding and in
drilling the reservoir, providing adequate offset data is available or a pilot hole
is drilled before any high angle sidetracks are drilled. When drilling shallow
dipping beds at a high borehole angles, or even horizontally, MWD resistivity
tools will pick out bed boundaries and fluid contacts according to the depth of
investigation of the tools. Deeper investigation will allow earlier confirmation of
bed boundaries or fluid contacts and result in lower doglegs when drilling away
from undesirable features.
Figure 18: Distance to bed confirmation
11-23
MWD Overview
Formation Anisotropy
Shale and thinly laminated sand-shale sequences can exhibit anisotropy. This
results in one resistivity horizontally, Rh (assuming a flat lying formation), and
another generally higher resistivity vertically, Rv. Whereas a propagation resistivity or induction tool in a vertical hole would detect the horizontal resistivity,
any well deviated from the normal to the bedding plane (the extreme case is a
horizontal well through flat lying formations) would measure an average of the
horizontal and vertical resistivities. Hence, anisotropy effects are highly dependent on the relative dip between the formation and the borehole. Generally, as
relative dip increases from 45 to 90 degrees anisotropy effects in anisotropic formations range from small to significant.
Figure 19: Vertical Well

Given sufficient relative dip, anisotropy almost always causes the phase difference based resistivity to be greater than the attenuation based resistivity and both
will be greater than Rh and less than Rv. Also, anisotropy will cause higher frequency measurements (2 MHz) to have greater resistivity values than equivalent
low frequency measurements (400 kHz). Both of the above described effects
produce a pattern that is similar to resistive invasion i.e. Rxo greater than Rt.
However, an anisotropy effect which is not consistent with resistive invasion is
11-24
MWD Overview
long spacing measurements will show greater resistivity than equivalent short
spacing measurements.
Figure 20: Horizontal Well
Neutron Porosity - Density Measurements

MWD measurements of porosity and density came along some time after gamma
ray and resistivity data were included. The tools function in much the same way
as their wireline log equivalents but with a little more data processing required
to overcome borehole and tool rotation/eccentricity effects.
11-25
MWD Overview
Neutron Porosity
Figure 21: Neutron Porosity Tool

Most tools use a chemical source (americium-beryllium) and a lithium scintillation detector to measure the passage of emitted neutron particles through the formation.
When a neutron is captured, the resulting lithium-6 nucleus is unstable and
decays to triton and an alpha particle with a combined kinetic energy of 4.78
MeV. These high energy particles ionize the glass matrix and produce light
flashes or scintillations. A photomultiplier tube converts the scintillations into
electrical pulses which are proportional to the energy of the scintillation.
They are slowed down from energies of several million electron volts (e.g. 4.5
MeV) to a thermal energy of 0.025 eV (electron volts) through a process called
elastic collision (they are scattered from the nuclei). The material most responsible for this slowing process is Hydrogen since this has a mass most equivalent to
that of the emitted neutrons. In effect, therefore, the tool is measuring the
hydrogen content, or index, of the formation; since most hydrogen is present in
ore fluids (gas, oil, water) then the hydrogen index is converted directly into a
11-26
MWD Overview
porosity value. API calibration is done with respect to the original test calibration
borehole at the University of Houston but with specially constructed calibration
rigs. Most Neutron Porosity logs are therefore output in Limestone porosity
units, although this doesnt have to be the case.
Formation Density
Again the MWD formation density tool works in a similar manner to its wireline
equivalent. High energy gamma rays are emitted from a chemical source
(Caesium-137) and are slowed by and counts measured by near and far detectors
(to correct for mud cake effects). The high energy gamma rays are initially
slowed by Compton Scattering type interactions where the incident gamma ray
loses some, but not all, its energy on particle collision and is deflected to move
off and be subject to more collisions. Sodium Iodide scintillation detectors count
the incoming gamma rays.
At energy levels below 100 keV the dominant gamma interaction process is photoelectric absorption. In this process, the incident gamma ray is absorbed and
transfers its energy to a bound electron. A Pe measurement clearly distinguishes
between different elements within the formation, making it possible to discriminate between sandstone (Pe=1.8), dolomite (Pe=3.1), and limestone (Pe=5.1).
Thus, this is an important mechanism by which the density tool is made sensitive
to the lithology of the formation.
Figure 22: MWD Density Tool
11-27
MWD Overview
Figure 23: Stand-off Binning
Sonic Logs
MWD sonic logs have only been available relatively recently but are useful in
providing real-time data for identifying compaction trends for pore pressure
analysis and provide information about over-pressured zones. A synthetic seismogram can be constructed to tie into the surface seismic section along the
wellbore trajectory, although this is not usually done in real-time.
MWD sonic tools work in a similar manner to wireline tools. An acoustic source
is linked to an array of (usually) four receivers with a spacing similar to that used
in long-spaced wireline tools. This allows for greater time separation between
compressional, shear (in fast formations) and fluid modes and the ability to
measure beyond formation damage and invasion.
11-28
MWD Overview
Figure 24: Sperry Sun BAT Tool

Two types of Pressure While Drilling MWD tools are now available. For a
number of years tools with external pressure transducers have been able to
measure downhole annular pressure in order to derive circulating (ECD) and
static (ESD) mud pressure information which are both crucial in drilling performance and operational safety.This information can be used in real time to
optimize performance and minimize risk by identifying hole cleaning, borehole
stability and well control issues.
During 2004/2005 formation pressure measuring tools have also become available which supplement traditional drillpipe and wireline conveyed pressure
testing tools. In permeable formations accurate measurements of pore pressure
can be made to help optimize drilling performance and safety and to help calibrate any indirect estimates of formation pressure that have been made. They can
also help identify formation fluids and contacts by obtaining pressure gradient
information.
Drilling Mechanics
Vibration analysis and downhole weight on bit and torque measurements can
also be obtained in order to optimize drilling performance and to reduce possible
drillstring damage. Downhole longitudinal and lateral strain gauges and shock
measurements provide the data to help identify such things as ledges, high
friction coefficients, BHA whirl and stick-slip effects.
11-29
MWD Overview
11-30
LWD Imaging Logs

Overview
Modern LWD tools can provide detailed borehole and formation images using
high resolution, azimuthal resistivity, density and acoustic data. The images
provide two-dimensional geological, petrophysical and geomechanical information to help optimize geosteering and drilling performance.
Azimuthal measurements are taken as the borehole rotates. Linked to a directional sensor this provides full 360 coverage. A graduated colour scale is
assigned to the data and the images are oriented by tool magnetometers. The
360 data are plotted on two-dimensional paper by unwrapping the image from
the top of the hole when drilling high angle/horizontal beds. The log track therefore has the bottom of the hole in the centre, with left to the right and right to the
left centre. The right and left extremes of the track correspond to the top of the
hole.
The graduated colour scale usually has low resistivities shown by dark colours
and high resistivities shown by light colours. When drilling the reservoir this
shows shales as dark and hydrocarbon bearing reservoir rocks as light. Similarly,
low densities are shown as dark colours and high densities as light colours.
Figure 1: Imaging Log Overview
12-1
LWD Imaging Logs

Using LWD imaging tools when drilling a borehole at an angle to dipping beds
the bed boundaries will intersect the borehole at different levels when looking in
different azimuthal directions. When 360 data is opened up and plotted in twodimensions the dipping bed intersecting the borehole will show as a sinusoidal
curve. The amplitude of the curve will show the apparent (relative) dip of the
beds and the curves will point up or down the log depending on whether the
borehole is drilling up or down section. Drilling at a high angle to the bedding
will give horizontal images and drilling parallel to the bedding will give parallel
images.
Additionally, fractures, borehole breakout and secondary porosity features may
be identified from the images. Conductive drilling fluid filled fractures and
breakout will show as dark features while cemented fractures will show as light
coloured features.
Figure 2: Schlumberger Vision Density Image
Resistivity Images
The Schlumberger GeoVISION resistivity tool contains three one-inch buttons
measuring azimuthal resistivity. This compares with the wireline FMI tool which
has 192 buttons. The sensor spacing between the three buttons produces different
depths of investigation and images are available from each spacing. The images
can be used to identify thin beds, invasion, structural dip and stratigraphic features.
12-2
LWD Imaging Logs

Density Images
Density and photoelectric effect tools can provide images in non-conductive
drilling fluids and are available for hole sizes down to 5. They are usually
measured and plotted by quadrant (up, down, left, right) or, in the case of the
Schlumberger ADNVision tool, in 16 sectors around the borehole. They provide
enough detail to identify structural dip, faults and large scale stratigraphic features. Information is provided about drilling up or down section and modelled
density responses can be used to identify bed boundaries or fluid contacts.
Figure 3: Schlumberger ADN Tool
12-3
LWD Imaging Logs
Figure 4: Schlumberger ADN Log
Wellbore Stability
Real time LWD measurements, including acoustic caliper, and cuttings, cavings
analysis and drilling fluid solids content can be used to help interpret the
mechanical stability of the borehole. High ECD values may cause mud induced
features such as fracturing whilst anisotropic tectonic stress may cause borehole
breakout along certain azimuths. This data together with pore pressure and kick
tolerance information is important in optimizing drilling fluid pressures and
hydraulics to maximise drilling effciency and safety.
12-4
LWD Imaging Logs
Figure 5: Schlumberger GeoVISION Borehole Breakout
Imaging logs can be used for a variety of geosteering applications such as the
identification of:
Lithological Boundaries
Fluid Contacts
Borehole - Bedding angles
Drilling attitude: up section or down section
Faults
12-5
LWD Imaging Logs
Figure 6: Drilling up or down section
Figure 7: Geosteering Applications
12-6
LWD Imaging Logs
Figure 8: Fault Identification
12-7
LWD Imaging Logs
12-8
Log Witnessing
Logging Witness
Job Specification
a. Key Result Area
Provide expert advice on the drilling rig related to wireline logging, to
ensure quality control of the measurements and to gather all relevant petrophysical data in such a way that the objectives outlined in the Drilling Programme are being met.
To supervise the acquisition of borehole seismic survey information, interpret in-field and evaluate the obtained data to ensure quality control of
measurements, and or gather all relevant geophysical data.
b. Performance Indicators
That the wireline logging objectives are achieved and that a detailed log of
logging operations is maintained.
That the wireline logging operations are carried out in a coordinated and
safe manner without any unnecessary delays.
That the petrophysical logs are reported in a timely and professional manner.
Attaining the highest possible standards in the acquisition of borehole seismic surveys through quality control.
That borehole seismic survey operations are carried out in a co-ordinated
and safe manner in an optimal time frame.
That all data acquired for borehole seismic survey and site surveys is
reported and transmitted for processing in a timely manner.
c. Responsibilities
To ensure that all specified wireline equipment and personnel are available
on the rig (and boat) with correct specification and/or certificates, to perform the service safely and efficiently.
To supervise all wireline logging operations and provide technical support
and troubleshooting as required.
13-1
Log Witnessing
Wireline Logging Procedures
In the event that an Operator log analyst is not at the wellsite, the wellsite geologist shall supervise all logging operations. He/she will make sure that all log
headings are complete and correct and instruct the mud engineer or mudlogger
to have circulated mud samples ready for the logging engineer at the beginning
of the logging job. Any difficulties experienced during logging, and any anomalous log responses should be noted on the "Remarks" section of the log header
On arrival at the wellsite the logging engineer and the wellsite geologist should
go over the mudlogs and MWD logs of the section to be logged and review the
objectives of the wireline programme. The Wireline Specific Guidelines and
logging parameters should also be reviewed to ensure that there are no misunderstandings regarding requirements from the job. The WL engineer will tell the
geologist what he plans to do and what deliverables he intends to give. This will
enable any misunderstandings to be dealt with before they cause a problem. If
there are added instructions to those that appear in the DP and the DAP then the
witness should provide these in written form.
All tools outlined in the logging programme for the section of the well will be
required to have a backup. In certain instances the backup need not necessarily
be the same tool type, e.g. an RCI/MDT may be backed up with a FMT /
RFT. Details are given in the drilling program. Verify that all necessary tools
and back-ups are available on site in good time.
If fluid samples are to be taken, ensure an adequate supply of containers: plastic
bottles for water samples and 1 gallon metal cans for oil samples.
Also ensure that a suitable measuring vessel, a gas meter and resistivity meter are
on-site.
Prior to the job, ensure that all tools, and their back-ups are tested on surface and
any problems or faults noted and rectified.
Ensure calibration checks are made and recorded prior to commencing logging,
and again after each run. Attach these to the 1:200 log plots.
All logging tools should be accompanied by appropriate wireline cutting equipment, fishing tools and other attachments that may be required to aid logging e.g.
a hole finder. Verify they are onboard.
Pipe conveyed logging equipment should be available onshore for. mobilisation
at short notice even when not specified in the logging programme. Check its
availability.
13-2
Log Witnessing
The Witness should supply the logging engineer with the following information
for the log header;
Company Name
Well Name
Location co-ordinates Drillers Depth
Reference Point or Datum. Normally the rig rotary table.
It should be recorded as MDBRT (measured depth below rotary
table)
Water Depth
Casing size and depth
Hole Size
Name of Witness
Time circulation stopped
A mud sample
collected after circulation was stopped, with a mud report on mud
properties. Also provide a fresh mud filtrate sample and a filter cake
sample.
Prior to commencing an operation at the wellsite, a pre-job meeting should be
organised to include the wireline crew, the logging witness, the drilling supervisor, the wellsite geologist, the toolpusher and other key personnel. The purpose
is to ensure that all personnel involved are familiar with planned work programme and the procedures to be followed in executing it.
Roles and responsibilities of personnel involved.
Safety and operational procedures to be followed.
Safety and operational risks and hazards.
Work programme objectives and issues critical to the
success of the operation.
Well control procedures.
13-3
Log Witnessing
Well status highlighting issues which could impact the
planned operation.
Operator management approvals for approved work programme.
Well evaluation tools or equipment should not be modified
without the approval of the onshore supervisor of the company who supplied the tools.
Loads should not be lifted over the wireline or coiled tubing whilst operations are in progress. If an important lift is
required during the course of operations the wire or coil
should be clamped and laid down prior to making the lift
Loads in excess of the working strength values of the slickline, wireline or coiled tubing set by service providers will
not be exceeded without the approval of the Drilling Supervisor.
Depth Control
Ensure the logger checks the casing depth while going in the hole. Any variance
between loggers and drilling casing depths should be resolved. Depths measured
with casing are usually much closer to wireline depths; driller and logger should
agree within 2ft at 5000ft, and within 5ft at 10000ft.
First Log
On the first log in a well the tool should be zeroed at the level of the Derrick
Floor. Following the standard checks on the cable mark, the tool should be
stopped on entering open hole and the casing shoe logged. Any discrepancy of
more than 2 ft at 5000ft, and 5ft at 10,000ft between casing depth and log depth
should be investigated. For this purpose it is useful to retain each tally list on the
wellsite. If the reasons for the discrepancy are not clear, the log may be run and
the surface zero depth checked at the end. If any depth adjustments are deemed
to be necessary after logging these should be recorded in the remarks section on
the log and applied before any playback tapes or data transmissions are made.
Subsequent Logs
Subsequent logs over the Same interval should be tied into the first survey, and
any depth adjustments again applied before playback, transmission or field tape
production. Ensure the logger ties in with the previous run.
13-4
Log Witnessing
All subsequent surveys should be run on absolute depth. In addition to the checks
above, deeper surveys should include a section of overlap using through-casing
gamma ray. If this overlap agrees within the tolerances given above with the
previous log, after stretch correction, the depths, should be matched and logging
continued, if the discrepancy is outside the above tolerances the reasons for this
should be investigated. If it is established conclusively that the new depths are
more accurate this should be noted in "Remarks" and the survey can be run with
a through-casing gamma ray recorded over the previously logged intervals for
correlation. If the shallower logged interval is still in open hole, the complete
interval should be re-logged in the event of a depth adjustment.
As an additional independent check on depth control a short section of log over
the casing shoe should be recorded on the first descent of every set of logs, after
stretch corrections have made but before tying in and proceeding to TD. As noted
above, the casing shoe depth should agree with the drillers depth within 2ft at
5000ft and 5ft at 10,000ft.
The depth shift must be noted while logging up to account for the cable stretch
due to the change in cable tension. The amount of stretch should be comparable
to stretch charts and the stretch formula. Pay particular attention to the depth
units of the correction chart versus those being used for the logging.
Depth for cased hole logs
Surveys which include a gamma-ray should be tied in to the appropriate openhole density-neutron log. Surveys without a gamma- ray should be tied in to the
CBL using the CCL. If a pup joint is present it should be logged and presented if
not, enough casing joints must be logged above and below the zone of interest to
avoid ambiguity.
Investigating Depth Discrepancies:
In the event that drillers and loggers casing shoe depths are substantially outside
the quoted tolerances, the following checks should be undertaken:
Were the logging contractors depth control procedures
applied correctly?
Was an excessive shift applied to tie in to the previous run?
Check the addition on the casing tally.
In the event that neither of the above show any discrepancy, the problem should
be discussed with the duty petrophysicist and consideration may be given to
logging a CCL inside the casing to surface and checking this in detail against the
13-5
Log Witnessing
tally sheet. With this in mind a CCL should be included in the first or second tool
string in each logging suite.
Change of Derrick Floor Elevation or Rig
In the event of a change of rig or adjustment in derrick floor elevation in the
course of drilling a well, all log depths should be still referenced to the original
Derrick Floor elevation.
In the case of development wells drilled from a jack-up, a permanent datum
should be established on the wellhead or casing hanger. The original Kelly
Bushing height above this datum should be reported on the log headings. The
current Kelly Bushing (or deck) height should be noted in "Remarks" and the difference added or subtracted when zeroing the tool at surface before logging.
In the case of wells drilled from floaters, mean-sea-level will remain the permanent datum.
Where temperatures in the hole are expected to be close to the logging tool limits
it is suggested that the time spent on bottom is minimized and that logging commences as soon as the tool gets to bottom. All depth corrections can be made later
when the tools are in a less hostile environment. This will also have a bearing on
where the repeat sections are performed
Other
All formation tester, sidewall sample and CBL runs should be tied in to the
appropriate density log
Observe and record any adverse hole problems while RIH. Report these directly
to the drilling supervisor.
Where possible, record data whilst RIH as an insurance in case of tool failure.
Do not slow the RIH operation to acquire quality logs. Log down from the casing
shoe to a point several hundred feet above TD at maximum speed without the log
overspeed aborting. Then log down a short section near TD at normal logging
speed (900 or 1800ft/hr) for depth correlation purposes. In 99% of cases the
insurance log will never be needed.
A repeat section of at least 50 m should be recorded over a zone where log
responses show large variations, e.g. a sand/shale sequence. Additional repeat
sections should be run over any intervals that show anomalous log responses. A
print of the repeat section should be given to the witness prior to repeat logging
of the interval.
13-6
Log Witnessing
All logs (with the exception of the NMR and resistivity logs) should be run at
least 50 m up into the casing. If no casing has been run since the previous logging
run then all logs should overlap the previous run by at least 50 m.
On the top hole log the GR shall be continued inside the casing to the mudline.
The Sonic log should be run inside the casing recording tc to top of cement.
Following all open hole logging runs a depth zero check at surface should be
mandatory with any depth error reported in the log header remarks. If this error
exceeds +/-5ft per 10,000ft well depth the reason must be given.
Where the zone of interest has been partially logged subsequent runs should
cover the entire zone of interest.
If a continuous temperature log is not being run in combination with the cable
tension head then 3 thermometers should be run on all logging sondes, and the
maximum temperature is to be recorded on the log header.
If difficulty is experienced running logging tools to the bottom of the hole, the
engineer will in any case log out from the deepest point reached bearing in mind
that the tool may stick at a shallower depth on subsequent runs.
During Pipe Conveyed Logging the drill pipe must not be rotated or significant
weight used to push the tools through any tight spots. The maximum compression possible on a tool string should be defined in the programme and agreed
with the Driller. TD should not be tagged with the tools
While TLC logging the side entry sub must not enter open hole
In the event that a wireline tool string is stuck in open hole the maximum pull of
75% of the minimum weak point rating without exceeding 5O% of the cable
breaking strength may be applied. Before the decision is made to pull any weak
point the drilling supervisor must be informed.
Where logging tools with a nuclear source are stuck in hole then every effort
must be made to retrieve the sources fishing. On no account should tools with
nuclear sources be milled or washed over. In the event that a wireline tool string
with nuclear sources is stuck in hole then reverse cut and thread should be used.
When new logging cables are used, precautions must be taken during the first 5
runs in hole according to the relevant Logging Contractor Procedures. Where a
new cable is used then reference to the revised running procedures and increased
job times must be included in the work programme
13-7
Log Witnessing
Temperatures must be checked after every run in hole and recorded in the log
header.
All hole and tool concerns should be logged in the remarks section of the log
header. Note all points of interest in the remarks box.
There are several ways of numbering logging runs. Here is one recommendation.
The numbering of logging run on all new wells will be as follows, where 1 represents the first evaluation suite on the well and a, b, c etc. represents the individual runs, e.g.
First Evaluation Suite
Second Evaluation Suite
First run-in-hole
1a
Second run-in-hole
1b
Third run-in-hole
1c
First run-in-hole
2a
Second run-in-hole
2b
Figure 1: Log Numbering
The wellsite witness should use the logs to carry out a "quick look" interpretation
at the wellsite, and email the results to the operator. The interpretation should
include formation tops, top and bottom of each reservoir interval, together with
details of thickness, porosity and water saturations of all significant porous zones
penetrated.
All logs must be digitally recorded on magnetic tape or CD
Field prints of all logs are to be produced on both 1:500 and 1:200 vertical scales.
Each 1:200 scale log with wall contact or centralised logging tools should have
a cable tension curve recorded on the least crowded track. Repeat section plots
to be attached to the 1:200 print. QC logs and log calibrations should be included
as part of the final log print
At the end of each logging run the Logging Engineer will provide the witness
with:
A disk containing the main FE curves acquired
(LAS Format)
A log print of the data acquired
Plot files of log prints
13-8
Log Witnessing
including QC and repeat sections
Header information
(Mud type, MW, Vis, BHT, Rm & Rmf if appropriate)
At the wellsite four (4) sets of prints is normal for each log. One set of prints
should be retained at the wellsite. Two (2) sets of prints should be packed in a
separate envelope and sent to the operations geologist, and I set of prints are to
accompany the raw data tape to the wireline companys office. (Sepia logs may
be requested if unable to print plot files).
At the end of the job the logging engineer shall supply the witness with;
4 field prints
(as mentioned above)
Printout of logging diary
(note the witness and logging engineer shall discuss and agree on
what was downtime, non productive time and operational time.
Job tickets
to be verified by witness and authorised by the drilling supervisor
A diary of times and activities and comments
(The witness and the logging engineer should agree which events
will be classed as downtime).
Time Breakdown and Downtime

A record of logging time breakdown should be made. Times should be recorded
to the nearest 15 minutes and rig up and running times should be recorded separately.
Running time is taken from when the tool leaves the surface until it is back on
the drill floor. The rig down time for all but die last tool can be included in the
rig-up of the next tool. Downtime should be reconciled between witness and
logging engineer before submission of his tickets to the drilling supervisor.
The logging contractors Real Time Acquisition Tape and the original log will be
hand carried to the contractor's office at the end of the job by the logging engineer. The tape will also contain a full set of presentation and raw log plots for the
repeat section. A copy of this tape should be sent to the operator with a verification listing and a paper print of the log. The engineer will generate Digital data
tapes or CD containing full waveform data of all display and raw logs, including
13-9
Log Witnessing
repeat section logs, (LIS Format). A final set of plot files on CD - (6 copies)
should be sent to the operator for distribution.
Post-Job Responsibilities
After logging all tools that are on rental should be returned to base on the first
available boat to minimise rental charges. Note: Any tools that may be required
to assist operational decision may be left on the rig e.g. in the event a formation
pressure measurement is required before making a coring run decision then a
GR/FMT or RFT sonde may be left at the rig site.
Large sums of money are spent on logging operations. Even larger sums are at
stake when wrong conclusions are made based on faulty logs. Carefully checking
the log quality is essential.
Wireline Operations - Cased Hole

Where well pressure is expected, full Pressure Control Equipment (PCE) with
grease injection head should be used on all wireline rig-ups, the number of flow
tubes required will be calculated ~ 00 the maximum anticipated shut in wellhead
pressure of the well to be worked on.
A toolcatcher and/or a tooltrap should be included in the rig-up for all wireline
operations with PCE.
All wireline tool strings should include a depth correlation device.
A rope socket weak point feature should be included in all wireline tool strings
to facilitate the release of the cable from the tool string should the tool string
become stuck down hole.
The weak point release value and the weight bar requirement should be calculated for each operation based on the well pressure, depth and expected application. Loads in excess the service providers recommended value should not be
applied without the approval of the drilling supervisor.
For wireline perforating operations the weak point calculations must allow for a
safety factor of 3 (maximum gun string weight less than 1/3 of the available weak
point rating).
Contingency procedures should be in place to address any of the following incidents during wireline operations installation alarms:
Parting of the wire
A leak in the riser lubricator or BOPs
13-10
Log Witnessing
A leak at the grease injection head
Tools becoming stuck downhole
Powerpack failure.
Wireline Logging - Reporting

Daily Reporting
During wireline logging operations the logging witness should prepare a
morning report and distribute it via e-mail or fax or the web-based reporting
system. The report should be distributed to all personnel involved.
The report should include:
Brief summary of operations
Detailed description of operations with time
A look-ahead with estimated timing of outstanding
operations
Summary tables of pressure points, side-wall cores.
Issue Draft Evaluation Report

After the job the logging witness should issue a draft evaluation report. The
report should contain the following sections:
Introduction.
A summary of the daily operations based on the individual daily reports, covering:
Significant dates of logging operations
Overview of each tool failure or NPT event
Overview of data quality
Discussion on any hole problems
Any services issues which were not classed as tool failures
or NPT.
13-11
Log Witnessing
Time breakdown
Job summary
Non Productive Time analysis
A detailed breakdown and analysis of the non productive time giving root causes
and actions taken
Log quality control
A section on log quality control should reference In each logging run made and
notes on the following aspects for each run should include:
Log presentation
Calibration
Logging speed
Data quality/spurious readings/repcatability.
Overview of contractor performance

A listing of the services with a discussion of the following points:
Pre job description
Surface equipment
Downhole equipment
Operations
Reporting
Personnel
Other - onshore support, logistics etc.
All positive and negative points should be included and particular reference to
good performance of the individuals.
Recommendations and lessons learned
Any operational or service issues will be subject to a post job critical review with
a summary of lessons learned included in this section.
13-12
Log Witnessing
Appendices
Operational Progress
Logging Programme
Temperature (see below)
Pressure Plots
Quick Look Evaluation
The static bottom hole temperature can be estimated with a "Horner plot". After
two or more electric logs have been run, their respective bottomhole
temperature data can be used to construct the plot by following the next steps:
(I) Time the last circulation on bottom before logging was started (A).
(2) Time the last circulation on bottom before logging was stopped (B).
(3) Total circulation time (in hours) on bottom before logging:
T = (B - A).
(4) Time the logging tool arrived on bottom (C).
(5) For each log calculate the time (in hours) between end of circulation
(B) and tool on bottom: At = (C - B).
(6) For each log calculate the following relationship: X = At/(T + At).
(7) For each log record the maximum bottomhole temperature.
For each log the value for the (log X) can now be plotted against its bottomhole
temperature on a semi-logarithmic graph with (log X) plotted on the x-axis and
the temperature on the y-axis. Fit a straight line through the points and extend the
line to where it intersects the y axis for X = 1.00. The temperature at the intersection point will be an estimate for the static bottomhole temperature.
13-13
Log Witnessing
13-14
Platform Express
Its about time
Applications
Reservoir delineation
Hydrocarbon saturation
determination and imaging
Movable hydrocarbon
determination
Location of porous and

permeable zones
Gas detection
Porosity analysis
Lithology determination
Well-to-well correlation
Thin-bed analysis
Benefits
Less rathole needed for the

shorter length, lowering
drilling time and cost
More reliable performance

for reduced downtime, which
saves rig time
Real-time, depth-matched
logs for improved interpretation and accurate
reserves interpretation
Better-quality logs, more data

and higher resolution, revealing hard-to-find pay zones
Fifty percent reduction in

time spent on location,
significantly lowering
operating costs
Short-radius wells readily

logged
Revolutionary wireline
logging technology
Platform Express* technology is a
revolutionary reengineering of wireline
logging. Compared with the triplecombo, Platform Express logging is
about twice as fast, gives you better
answers and it is more cost effective
to run because it requires significantly
less rig time. Higher logging speeds,
reduced set-up and calibration time,
and faster turnaround on wellsite
processing all contribute to increased
efficiency.
The Platform Express system is less
than half as long as a triple-combo and
weighs about half as much, yet it gives
you better, quicker and more accurate
answersin real time. The use of integrated sensors, flex joints that improve
pad contact and other innovative
technologies upgrade and expand

traditional resistivity and porosity
measurements to include high-resolution microresistivity and imaging
measurements, plus tool movement
measurements for speed correction
and depth matching.
In field tests conducted over a wide
range of environmental conditions in
Argentina, Canada, Indonesia, Saudi
Arabia and the United States, rugged
Platform Express equipment achieved
the most trouble-free wireline performance ever. The major reason for
this outstanding reliability is that all
Platform Express components must
pass the same rigorous shock and
cyclical temperature tests used for
logging-while-drilling (LWD) tools.
The resulting reliability is 3 times
greater than that of conventional
triple-combo tools.
The Platform Express system is less than half as long as a triple-combo, and the logging speed is twice as fast.
Set-up time is greatly reduced, and operating efficiency is improved.
Triple-combo
Features
Overall length greatly reduced

through the use of integrated
sensors and reengineering
Extremely robust electronic

packaging and mechanical
design
All components built to rigorous LWD shock standards
Real-time speed correction
Thirty percent shorter skid

with improved pad application
Integrated Rxo measurement
Density, Rxo and Rt measurements, and deep and shallow

azimuthal images
Real-time depth matching and

borehole correction
90 ft
Platform Express
38 ft
Houston, Texas
32E-001234
US DOT 253896
Platform Express measurements

Platform Express sensors set new
standards in formation evaluation
accuracy. Resistivity measurements
are made with either the AIT* Array
Induction Imager Tool or the HighResolution Azimuthal Laterolog Sonde
(HALS), both with a 12-in. maximum
vertical resolution.
Sensors for the Three-Detector
Lithology Density (TLD) and MicroCylindrically Focused Log (MCFL)
measurements are integrated in the
single pad of the High-Resolution
Mechanical Sonde (HRMS), which
presses against the formation. The
TLD log is a backscatter-type density
measurement with 16-, 8- or 2-in. vertical resolution. The MCFL microresistivity measurement, which investigates
the same volume of the formation as
the density measurement, has 2-in.
vertical resolution. Flex joints greatly
improve pad application in rough holes.
The Highly Integrated Gamma Ray
Neutron Sonde (HGNS) provides gamma
ray and neutron porosity measurements with a standard vertical resolution of 24 in. Alpha processing is
available to achieve 12-in. vertical
resolution of the neutron log.
Real-time speed correction and
automatic depth matching of all measurements are provided by an accelerometer for much faster turnaround on
wellsite processing.
Two Platform Express logging configurations are available for resistivity measurement. The vertical
resolution for each measurement is shown in the blocks on the right. These, in combination with the
new sensor design, provide better, more accurate measurements, leading to improved interpretation
and reserves calculations.
HGNS
Highly Integrated
Gamma Ray
Neutron Sonde
GR
24 in.
24 in.
Electronics
cartridge
b, Pe
16, 8
or 2 in.
HRMS
High-Resolution
Mechanical
Sonde
HALS
High-Resolution
Azimuthal
Laterolog
Sonde
Rxo, hmc
2 in.
AIT
Array Induction
Imager Tool
Rt
12 in.
Articulated tool design for enhanced

pad-to-borehole wall contact and
tool descent
The HRMS skid is innovatively linked with flex joints for improved pad application.
Flex joints enable the Platform Express

sonde to hinge or rotate slightly as the
tool body travels into and out of rough
hole sections. A second pair of arms
applies force directly to the back of
the skid, below its center, to keep the
skid face pressed against the wall when
the caliper arm hits a ledge. Together
with the shorter pad, the additional
backup arm and flex joints deliver
significantly improved measurements
in rough and deviated holes.
The short length and articulated
design of the sonde enable it to successfully traverse wells with a short
radius of curvature and wells containing severe doglegs.
Flex
joint
Flex
joint
Flex
joint
Flex
joint
The short length and articulated design make descent in short-radius and crooked wells easy.
Borehole
diameter
Maximum
buildup
angle
Specifications
8 in.
44/100 ft
n
tio
via
de
ell
W
Casing shoe
Dogleg severity: 72/100 ft
Field experience without

HALS and AIT tools
6 in.
76/100 ft
Efficiency comparison
Two 7000-ft wells, each with a 2500-ft
openhole section, show the large reduction in rig time made possible by the
higher logging speeds and streamlined
operations of the Platform Express
system. In the Saudi Arabia well on
the left, Platform Express equipment
was run in combination with the DSI*
Dipole Shear Sonic Imager tool to save
more than 3 hr of rig time compared
with two runs of the triple-combo,
MicroSFL* and DSI tools. Two hours
of drilling were saved in the Argentina
well at right because less rathole had
to be drilled to accommodate the
shorter length of the Platform Express
tool string.
Reliability
Extensive field testing was conducted
around the world in a wide variety of
geologic settings and well conditions.
Reliability was more than 3 times
higher than that of conventional triplecombo tools.
Unequaled reliability results from
the systems unique design and new,
tough temperature and shock qualification standards. Platform Express
standards include a 40-day heat test
and more than two thousand 250-g
shocks, making it the first wireline
tool in the industry that meets LWD
tool standards.
Platform Express system saves a substantial amount of rig time over the triple-combo.
Saudi Arabia
7000-ft well
2500-ft openhole
Argentina
7000-ft well
2500-ft openhole
Run 1: AIT-LDT-CNL-MSFL-GR
Run 2: DSI
AIT-LDT-CNL-MSFL-GR
Platform Express
and DSI
combination
Platform Express
7 hr 40 min 4 hr 20 min
Drilling rathole
Rig up, rig down
7 hr
Time
Calibrations
3 hr 20 min
Logging
Run in, pull out
Platform Express reliability is threefold that of the triple-combo.
Triple-combo
Platform Express
Platform Express quicklook

The Platform Express quicklook interpretation, available in real time during
logging, displays resistivity, porosity
and correlation curves with a lithology
column and water saturation image.
True resistivity, invaded zone resistivity
and crossplot porosity are computed
for display with the other curves.

A zone-of-interest flag appears on the
left side of track 6 wherever the effective porosity is greater than 3% and
water saturation is less than 40%.
Real-time depth matching and speed
correction of the data make this
presentation much more accurate than
Platform Express quicklook incorporates environmental correction in real time.
quicklook interpretations produced

at the wellsite from triple-combo data.
The Platform Express quicklook presentation is also available as a postjob
playback. This log was recorded with
the AIT resistivity configuration in the
Amoco test well in Catoosa, Oklahoma.
Platform Express answers

A very powerful answer results when
Platform Express equipment is oriented in the hole with an inclinometer
tool that provides tool face orientation
and the hole deviation and azimuth.
The high-resolution azimuthal laterolog
data are used to compute the dips

presented in track 5 and the polar plots
in track 6. Because the tool orientation
is known, the pad direction curve
appearing in the image in track 3 shows
the tool turning as it is pulled uphole.
This log was recorded in Texas.
Oriented HALS images provide valuable measurements in wells where no dipmeter data have been recorded.
Permeable zones
This Texas example shows the 2-ft vertical resolution curves with five depths
of investigation across several permeable zones. The Platform Express mud
resistivity measurement is used for
real-time environmental corrections.

The MCFL log is plotted to confirm
the AIT readings, and the resistivity
standoffanother exclusive measurement of the Platform Express
systemis computed from the MCFL.
Platform Express system accurately and quickly measures resistivity and shows permeable zones.
HMIN and HMNO are the two microlog curves computed from the MCFL
data. The red shading indicates thick
mudcake over these highly permeable
zones.
HALS resistivity
The ability to plot both shallow and
deep high-resolution azimuthal images
is another unique Platform Express
feature. In this log, recorded in a test
well in France in combination with an

inclinometer tool, the pad orientation
curves appear in the image tracks.
Dip estimates can be made where the
tool face orientation and hole deviation
and azimuth are known.
HALS images bring greater precision to bedding analysis.
X705
X710
X715
X720
X725
X730
X735
X740
Shallow
Image
Deep
Image
1:150
(m)
High-Resolution Laterolog Deep (HRLD)

0.02
(ohm-m)
High-Resolution Laterolog Shallow (HRLS)
2000
0.02
(ohm-m)
2000
MCFL with FMI image

Overlay of the MCFL curve with the
borehole image derived from the FMI*
Fullbore Formation MicroImager confirms the high vertical resolution of
Platform Express data. Conductivity
variation in the zone between X652
and X655 m in this Argentina well

is visible on both the MCFL data and
the FMI image.
MCFL measurements correlate well with FMI images for the identification and characterization of thin beds.
Core photograph comparison

The high-resolution data obtained by
the Platform Express tool can be used
to identify impermeable laminations
in the formation that can act as flow
barriers to production. In this well,
there was concern about the continuity
of limestone streaks in the formation,

which would help contain water below
the reservoir section and enhance the
steamflood of the reservoir. The core
data are not definitive: only limestone
cobbles were recovered, and they could
represent either the nature of the
deposition (nonbarrier cobble layer)
or the nature of the coring operation

(the coring process created rounded
fragments of a thin layer). However,
the consistent response of the TLD
and MCFL to these thin layers revealed
the continuity of the laminations, and
the operator was able to complete the
zone closer to the known water contact
of the reservoir with no additional

water cut.
The high-resolution (2-in.) density
and photoelectric factor measurements
clearly resolve the carbonate layers
and, with the addition of the 2-in.
resolution Rxo from the MCFL, also
identify thin oil-bearing layers.
Detailed comparison to core photographs confirms the resolution of the Platform Express system.
Caliper (HCAL)
Gamma Ray (HGR)

0
(gAPI)
150
1-ft Resistivity
Neutron Porosity
(HNPO)
(p.u.)
Depth
(1:20 ft)
XX32
XX33
XX34
XX35
XX36
XX37
XX38
XX39
XX40
XX41
XX42
XX43
(2-in.)
1
7
TDL 2-in. Density

(RHOI)
1.65
(g/cm3)
2.65
Standard Core
Photograph
(ohm-m)
100
1-ft Resistivity
Photoelectric Factor
(PEFI )
Ultraviolet-Light
Core Photograph
60
16
(ohm-m)
100
18-in. Resistivity
1
(ohm-m)
100
2-in. Resistivity
1
(ohm-m)
100
Customized answers
The integrated z-axis accelerometer in
the Platform Express system enables
speed correction of all data and determination of the wellbore deviation,
which is used to compute true vertical
depth (TVD) logs and plot the wellbore position of highly deviated and
horizontal wells. This customized plot
combines the measured-depth data
with a horizontal depth coordinate
system originating at the bottom of
the well. The color-coded bar next to
the depth track indicates the direction
of the well relative to horizontal (90
deviation)green to black where
descending and red to orange where

climbing in angle. Displaying the computed lithology color plot on the well
trajectory is ideal for showing not
only the position of a horizontal well
but also its attitude in reference to
intersected lithologic features.
In this example, the well penetrated
salt and anhydrite layers out of casing
and entered the sand reservoir. After
75 m in the sand, the well entered an
anhydrite layer and then went back
into a sand. Were there two anhydrite
layers or one displaced by a fault?
Or did the well turn up and reenter
the anhydrite layer above the reservoir?
The real-time display of Platform Express data is easily customized.
Porosity
Resistivity
Depth
1:1000
(m)
Well Trajectory
The well trajectory plot clearly

shows the well turning up before it
enters the anhydrite layer. A line drawn
along the sand/anhydrite contact indicates that the boundary has a uniform
structural dip along the section, which
effectively eliminates the possibility
of a second anhydrite bed and the
fault theory. The well simply reentered
the caprock anhydrite and then went
back into the sand reservoir. Without
the Platform Express well deviation
data, this analysis would have been
delayed until other well deviation data
could be correlated to the log data to
explain the lithology changes.
Speed correction
The importance of real-time speed
correction from the accelerometer
data is shown in this Texas example.
Despite the rough hole conditions and
irregular tool movements, the curves
after speed correction (on the right)
are consistent. The MCFL, AIT and
porosity curves track, resulting in
more accurate water saturation calculationsespecially in thin permeable
beds. Improved depth matching at
about X095 shows clearly on the
enlarged depth scale. The off-depth
data to the left are without speed
correction.
Density in bad hole

This Texas well was drilled with
baritea heavy mud that presents
problems for Litho-Density* tools.
Comparison of the Platform Express
density values with Litho-Density data
in the washouts clearly demonstrates
how Platform Express technology
greatly improves log quality in rough
holes. The TLD results are in excellent
agreement with the DSI data (shown
in green on the right), which are relatively unaffected by washouts. The
better quality density measurements
also facilitate petrophysical and seismic analyses.
Oriented HALS images provide valuable measurements in wells where no dipmeter data have been recorded.
0.1
Density
Rxo
Rxo
Density
1:50 ft
(ohm-m) 100 1.70 (g/cm3) 2.70
0.1 (ohm-m) 100 1.70 (g/cm3) 2.70
Caliper
AIT-H Curves
Neutron
AIT-H Curves
Neutron
10
20
(ohm-m)
60
(p.u.)
0
(ohm-m)
(in.)
60
(p.u.)
0
X090
X100
Substantially improved density measurement in bad hole conditions is possible with the Platform Express TLD tool.
Platform Express revolutionary reengineering of wireline logging is only

38 ft long and weighs 600 lbm.
Specifications
Length
Weight
Max OD
Min OD
Temperature rating
Pressure rating
Hole size
Max logging speed
HGNS
Highly Integrated
Gamma Ray
Neutron Sonde
Electronics
cartridge
HRMS
High-Resolution
Mechanical
Sonde
HALS
High-Resolution
Azimuthal
Laterolog
Sonde
38 ft
AIT
Array Induction
Imager Tool
38 ft
690 lbm
33 8 in
45 8 in
260F
10,000 psi
6 to 16 in.
3600 ft/hr
www.connect.slb.com
SMP-5177
Schlumberger
September 2001
ARRAY INDUCTION FOR PLATFORM EXPRESS (AIT-H)

Applications
The Array Induction Imager provides a resistivity image of the formation that reflects bedding,
hydrocarbon content and invasion features. Vertical resolutions down to 1 ft show laminations and
other formation structures with minimal environmental effects. The tool operates in any wellbore
fluid, including oil-base mud (OBM). It provides five (5) induction resistivities at five (5) different
depths of investigation with multiple vertical resolutions. An SP measurement is an integral part of
the tool system.
Description
The AIT-H is the Platform Express version of the Array Induction Tool (AIT-B) and is about one half
the length of the AIT-B while still providing comparable measurements and accuracy.
Because of the large number of measurements made by the AIT-H, deep two-dimensional
quantitative imaging of formation resistivity is possible.
Over a very large range of mud and formation resistivities, the AIT-H will contribute to give a better
definition of the formation water saturation, even in relatively thin beds and difficult invasion profiles.
The built-in mud resistivity (Rm) sensor available in the bottom nose assembly eliminates the
necessity for an external mud resistivity measurement.
Combinability
The AIT-H can be run in combination with any CTS or Platform Express tool suite.
Specifications
Resistivity Range:
Accuracy vs. Range:
Depth of Investigation:
Vertical Resolution:
Electronic noise:
Logging Speed:
Operating Temperature:
Operating Pressure:
Shock Specifications:
Minimum Borehole:
Maximum Borehole:
Overall length:
Tool Diameter:
Weight:
Telemetry/Combinability:
Power Consumption:
Arrays:
Bottom Only:
Frequency:
Pressure Comp:
Electronics:
AHF60 0.1 - 2000 ohm-meter

0.75 mS/m or 2% whichever is greater
10, 20, 30, 60, 90 in.
1, 2, 4 ft
0.35 mS/m (RMS) at 3600 ft/hr
Rm sensor 5% from 0.05 to 15 ohm-m in 8-in. borehole
3600 ft/hr (with no degradation)
25C to 125C
10 kpsi
250 g, 2 msec, on four axis 500 times each
4.875 in.
20 in.
16.0 ft
3.875 in.
255 lbm
DTB or Platform Express (CAN)
50 W, 250 VAC
6 in., 9 in., 12 in., 15 in., 21 in., 27 in., 39 in. and 72 in.
No thru-wiring
Single frequency, 26.325 kHz
Integral compensation
Sonde electronics is integral to the tool, no separate cartridge
HRLA High-Resolution
Laterolog Array Tool
Improving the
accuracy of Rt
Applications
Resistivity determination
in conductive mud systems
Thin-bed evaluation
Invasion characterization
for permeability indication
Water saturation
determination
Identification of fluid
contacts
Benefits and Features
Bridleless operations save

rig time and improve logging
efficiency.
All currents return to tool
body, eliminating Groningen
and other voltage reference
effects.
Data measured from common central electrode using
multiple frequencies give
simultaneous measurements
that are naturally resolutionmatched and depth-aligned.
Arrays are actively focused
using both software and
hardware, reducing
shoulder-bed sensitivity
and enhancing thin-bed
definition.
Five resistivity measurements, each with increasing
depth of investigation, give
a clear indication of invasion.
Tool operates without auxiliary current, enabling combination with other formation
evaluation tools that require
special power, such as the
FMI* Fullbore Formation
MicroImager tool.
Advanced 2D processing
improves Rt accuracy
and enhances reserves
estimates.
Focused array technology

The HRLA* High-Resolution Laterolog Array
tool attacks the difficult task of resolving true
formation resistivity (Rt ) in thinly bedded and
deeply invaded formations by providing five
independent, actively focused, depth- and
resolution-matched measurements. These
measurements, together with a 2D earth
model and inversion scheme, simultaneously
account for borehole, shoulder-bed and invasion effects, yielding a more accurate, more
robust Rt critical for identifying and estimating reserves. The array spacing is optimized
to obtain the maximum amount of information
about the invasion profile, thereby improving
resistivity estimations. The unique feature of
bridleless operations improves wellsite efficiency, and the absence of the surface
current return and the tools through-wired
design offer unprecedented combinability.
Wellsite benefitsclear answers

for quick decisions
Optimal array focusing, enhanced by the
symmetric HRLA tool design, ensures all
signals are measured at exactly the same
time and same tool position. This focusing
helps avoid horns and oscillations produced
by irregular tool motion and ensures the
measurements are depth aligned. The tool
delivers an array of five resistivities, each
with increasing depth of investigation. This
resistivity profile, in conjunction with the
improved quality of the HRLA measurements,
provides the necessary elements to affect
a robust 1D inversion at the wellsite. This
inversion assumes radial resistivity variation
and an infinitely thick bed to produce a true
formation resistivity, Rt , an invaded zone resistivity, Rxo , and a diameter of invasion, di .
Mode 0 is used to measure mud resistivity. Modes 1 through 5 are used to measure formation resistivities at different
depths from the borehole. The red lines are the measure currents, and the white lines are the focusing currents.
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
Distance
from
center
electrode
(in.)
Mode 0
Mode 1
Mode 2
150
100
50
0
-50
-100
-150
-100 -50
0
Mode 3
50
100
-100 -50
50
100
Mode 4
Distance from center of tool (in.)
-100 -50
0
Mode 5
50
100
Plot of HRLA and HALS resistivities versus depth of mud filtrate invasion. RLA5 from the HRLA tool is
comparable to HLLD from the HALS tool.
Depth of investigation
The HRLA tool operates using six different
modes. The shallowest mode, Mode 0, is
primarily sensitive to the borehole and is used
to estimate mud resistivity, Rm . The array spacing is designed to supply the most information
possible about the invasion profile. The plot at
left compares the Platform Express* resistivity
measurements from the HALS High-Resolution
Azimuthal Laterolog sonde and the resistivities
from the HRLA tool. The borehole-corrected
HALS deep resistivity (HLLD) compares well
with the Mode-5 response from the HRLA array
measurement, while the HALS shallow resistivity (HLLS) is intermediate between the Mode-2
and Mode-3 HRLA responses. The additional
HRLA resistivity measurements identify
resistivity changes resulting from invasion.
10
Rt
Rxo
dh
Rm
= 10 ohm-m
= 1 ohm-m
= 8 in.
= 0.1 ohm-m
HLLD
RLA5
(Mode 5)
RLA4
(Mode 4)
Apparent
resistivity
(ohm-m)
RLA3
(Mode 3)
RLA1
(Mode 1)
1.0
10
15
RLA2
(Mode 2)
20
25
HLLS
30
35
40
45
Invasion radius (in.)
Comparison of HRLA and DLL* Dual Laterolog resistivity field data showing improved resolution and
he absence of Groningen effect on the HRLA response. Microresistivity is presented in the left track
o confirm the high-resolution HRLA data.
Array Resistivity - RLA1

2
MSFL
(Logarithmic scale)
0.2
(ohm-m)
200
Bit Size (BS)

5
(gAPI)
Caliper (CALI)
(in.)
200
(ohm-m)
200 2
(in.)
10
Gamma Ray (GR)

0
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
200 2
150
MD
10 m 2
XX40
XX60
(ohm-m)
200 2

(ohm-m)
200
LLS
(ohm-m)
200
LLG
(ohm-m)
Groningen Separation
Reduced shoulder-bed effects

HRLA wellsite data, significantly less affected
by shoulder beds than traditional laterolog
measurements, allow quick, reliable interpretations. Active focusing and multifrequency
operation, together with the symmetric tool
design, reduce the sensitivity to the shoulderbed effect that often complicates dual laterolog
interpretations. Since hardware focusing is
subject to physical limitations, the HRLA tool
also employs software focusing, which uses
mathematical superposition of signals to
ensure the focusing conditions are respected
and rectifies any voltage imbalances.
200
LLD
(ohm-m)
50
200
No reference effects
The HRLA tool design eliminates voltage reference effects because all the current returns
to the body of the tool, permitting unambiguous
formation evaluation. Traditional laterolog
measurements use a current return at surface
that requires the logging cable be electrically
isolated from the tool by use of a long insulating
bridle. A shift in the deep-resistivity measurement, called the Groningen effect, arises when
high-resistivity formation layers force currents
returning to the surface electrode into the borehole. An artificially high formation resistivity
results, and therefore incorrect saturation
estimates (log at left). Long tool strings and
drillpipe-conveyed logging have a similar
effect. Since the HRLA tool design returns the
current to the tool body, a bridle is no longer
required, and voltage reference effects are
eliminated. This design feature has the added
benefit of reduced rig-up time, anywhere from
15 to 45 minutes per job, as well as improved
combinability and reliability.
Clear invasion profile

In thin beds, where deeper measurements
tend to degrade in both depth of investigation
and vertical resolution, the HRLA service provides an array of measurements that present
a clear invasion profile. The shallow readings
improve the radial sensitivity to resistivity
change, which results in greater curve separation in an invaded zone. With no reference
effects and only minimal shoulder-bed effects,
the five resistivity measurements reduce
ambiguity and improve interpretations.
The wellsite example shown below compares 1D Rt and di from HRLA and traditional
Improved combinability
The HRLA tool is compatible and combinable
with a host of Schlumberger logging tools,
giving improved wellsite efficiency. The combination of the AIT* Array Induction Imager and
HRLA tools yields complementary data for
quantification of complex resistivity environments. The new HRLA tool design eliminates
the need for auxiliary power, allowing combinations with services such as the FMI and
CMR* Combinable Magnetic Resonance tools,
which require special power. In addition, use
of the HRLA real-time invasion analysis streamlines formation pressure sampling operations.
dual laterolog data. The laterolog curves are

out of sequence as a result of shoulder-bed
effect. Because the input data are inconsistent with the 1D formation model, Rt is set
equal to the deep reading of the laterolog
and the di is forced to bit size, indicating
no formation invasion. The additional information from the HRLA resistivity data allows
a realistic estimate of di, which in turn allows
invasion corrections to be applied to find a
more accurate Rt. For the peak around XX00
ft, the Rt is 45% higher, resulting in a 16%
overall increase in reserves estimates over
the interval.
Comparison of HRLA and HALS data showing reduced shoulder-bed effect and improved characterization of
nvasion, which led to a better Rt after the 1D inversion. The real-time 1D inversion facilitates quick decisions.
HRLA Array Resistivity 1

1
(ohm-m)
100

1
(ohm-m)
100

1
Bit Size
0
(in.)
HALS
Invasion
Diameter
(in.)
(ohm-m)
HALS Deep Resistivity

100
100

1
60
60
(ohm-m)
Depth
(ft)
XX00
A
XX20
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
100
(ohm-m)
1D Rt from HALS
100
100
100
(ohm-m)
1D Rt from HALS
100
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
100
1D Rt from HRLA
MCFL Microresistivity
1D Rt from HRLA
1
(ohm-m)
HALS Shallow Resistivity
1
HRLA
Invasion
Diameter
(in.)
100

60
HALS Invasion
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
1D Rt Increase
100
100
Formation model used for the 1D inversion. The only variable is the
amount of invasion.
Comparison of raw log, field 1D inversion and 2D inversion. Note the many thin zones
across this 100-ft interval.
Rxo > Rt
Rxo < Rt
1
1
1
2D Invasion
Washout Invasion Radius
0
(in.)
20
Bit Radius
Differential 0
(in.)
20
Caliper
Hole Radius
0 (in.) 3
(in.)
0
20
XX00
1
1
1
1

(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
Rxo from 2D Inversion
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
Rt from 2D Inversion
(ohm-m)
30
30
30
30
30
30
(ohm-m)
Rxo from 2D Inversion
(ohm-m)
(ohm-m)
30
30
30
30
(ohm-m)
30
XX10
Formation model used for the 2D inversion. This model allows for
variations in hole size, zone thickness and the amount of invasion.
XX20
XX30
XX40
XX50
XX60
XX70
XX80
XX90
X100
Advanced 2D inversion
improving the accuracy of Rt
More accurate representation of the formation and borehole environment means more
accurate Rt estimates, especially in thinly
bedded formations. The HRLA tool not only
provides a coherent array of measurements,
but the improved quality of these measurements and the additional information about
the invaded zone allow advanced 2D inversion processing. The 2D formation model
simultaneously accounts for all 2D effects,
including those from the wellbore (caves)
and from vertical (shoulder-bed) and radial
(invasion) resistivity variations. The 2D inversion process begins with the information-rich
raw HRLA data. First, layers are defined

through inflection-point segmentation, and
a first guess is made for the initial formation parameters: Rt, Rxo and di. The program
then computes the tool response in the
theoretical formation and compares it to
the actual response. The formation parameters are updated, and after successive iterations an acceptable match is found. This
mathematical inversion technique, used
with a 2D formation model, yields a more
accurate Rt and therefore a more accurate
saturation estimate.
On the log above, the 2D inverted Rt and
Rxo are shown in track 3 with the raw HRLA
curves. The red shading indicates normal
invasion (Rxo < Rt ); the green indicates

reversed invasion (Rxo > Rt ). In track 4, the
2D inverted resistivities Rt (red) and Rxo
(green) are compared with the 1D inverted
formation resistivity Rt (magenta) and the
Rxo (black) from the Platform Express MCFL
MicroCylindrically Focused Tool. The 2D
inversion shows a significant increase in
Rt obtained in thin bedssuch as those
between XX30 and XX70 ftover the 1D
inversion results. A good match between
the 2D inversion-derived Rxo and the one
independently obtained from the MCFL
measurement adds confidence to the
inversion results.
HRLA Tool Specifications

Physical Characteristics
Tool diameter
Tool length
Tool weight
Environmental Limitations
Maximum temperature
Maximum pressure
Shocks and vibrations
Minimum borehole diameter
Maximum borehole diameter
Maximum dogleg severity
Measurement Performance (8-in. borehole)
Resistivity range (Rm = 1)
Resistivity range (Rm = 0.02)
Depth of investigation
Vertical resolution
Sampling rate
358 in.
24.1 ft
394 lbm
300F [150C]
15,000 psi
2000 shocks of 250 g for 2 ms, LWD qualification standards
5 in. (434 in. under certain borehole conditions)
16 in. ( 12 in. preferred)
50/100 ft in 8.5-in. borehole
0.2100,000 ohm-m
0.220,000 ohm-m
50 in. (median response at 10/1 Rt /Rxo contrast)
12 in.
2 in. at 3600 ft/hr logging speed
www.connect.slb.com
SMP-5721
Schlumberger
April 2000
Service Overview
FORMATION EVALUATION
NUCLEAR FOCUS Gamma Ray
FOCUS GR
Service Description
Baker Atlas has introduced FOCUS, the latest in high efficiency premium
open hole logging systems. All downhole instruments have been
redesigned, incorporating advanced downhole sensor technology into
shorter, lighter, more reliable logging instruments that are capable of
providing formation evaluation measurements with the same precision and
accuracy as the industry's highest quality sensors at up to twice the speed of
conventional triple-combo and quad combo logging tool strings. The
(resistivity, density, neutron, acoustic), plus auxiliary services.
Premium sensors are designed to log at high logging speeds (60 ft/min, 18
m/min) without reducing accuracy or precision.
The single most critical measurement made during a wireline logging run is
the depth measurement. Even small errors in the depth estimate can corrupt
data such as synthetically focused resistivity curves. The assumption that
the logging tool is moving smoothly through the borehole is not usually
valid due to rugose and sticky borehole conditions and the effect of
centralizers and decentralizers in the tool string. An accelerometer aligned
along the long axis of the tool string can be used to make corrections to the
surface depth estimate.
Service Application
Make depth correlation with other logs.

Determine stratigraphic profiles.
Estimate shale content in reservoir rocks.
Delineate stratigraphic boundaries for several production logs.
Benefits
Premium sensors are designed to log at high logging speeds (60 ft/min, 18 m/min) without reducing accuracy or precision.
Short, lightweight logging instruments save rig time by reducing the rathole needed for logging.
Advanced Interpretation Services

Service Mnemonic
Service Description
Benefit
FOCUS
FOCUS LOGGING SERVICES
FOCUS efficiently delivers openhole logging data with the highest

levels of accuracy and precison. Short, lightweight logging
instruments save rig time by reducing the rathole needed for
2004 Baker Hughes Incorporated. All Rights Reserved.
Service Overview
INDUCTION FOCUS High Definition Induction Log
FOCUS HDIL
Service Description
The FOCUS HDIL instrument is designed to have a better signal to noise
ratio than other comparable instruments in the marketplace. Data quality is
enhanced through high data redundancy, appropriate skin effect corrections
and flexible post log processing. These features result in superior data
accuracy and consistent log quality. The 1D radial inversion processing
provided with the FOCUS HDIL data offers reliable estimates of Rt and
Rxo, even in deeply invaded formations.
Service Application
Array Resistivity - includes real time 1-D radial inversion

processing for more accurate measurements of Rxo and Rt.
Superior measurements in deeply invaded formations.
Detailed evaluation of the drilling fluid invasion profile.
Inversion processing provides a thorough analysis of potential
reservoir zones.
Benefits
Improved resistivity accuracy real-time with 1D inversion processing produces reliable Rt and Rxo.

Service Mnemonic
Service Description
Benefit
FOCUS

logging.Premium sensors are designed to log at high logging
speeds (60 ft/min, 18 m/min) without reducing accuracy or
Physical Specifications
INDUCTION FOCUS High Definition Induction Log
FOCUS HDIL
Temperature
Pressure
127 C
68.95 Mpa
260 F
10000 Psi
OD
Length
Weight
Min Hole Size
Max Hole Size
79.5 mm
4.06 m
52.16 kg
121 mm
311 mm
3.13 in
13.3 ft
115 lbs
4.75 in
12.25 in
Tool Compressive Strength

Tool Tensile Strength
kg
35153 kg
14300 lbs
77500 lbs
10 in. (254 mm), 20 in. (508 mm), 30

in. (762 mm), 60 in. (1524 mm),90 in.
(2286 mm)
10, 30, 50, 90, 120, 150 kHz
6.6 samples/m
2 samples/ft
26.3 samples/m
8 samples/ft
RESISTIVITY
Operating Frequency
Normal Sample Rate
High Sample Rate
Measurement Type
Pressure, Temperature, Compressive Strength, and Tensile Strength ratings are based on results of laboratory tests and finite element
analysis and may vary under certain borehole conditions. To evaluate whether the tools you are considering will perform under a
specific set of borehole conditions, please discuss with your Baker Atlas representative.
Service Overview
DENSITY FOCUS Z-Densilog
FOCUS ZDL
Service Description
One of the advantages in designing and building a new density instrument is
recognizing and overcoming the mechanical and sensor limitations of
previous instruments. The mechanical design of the FOCUS ZDL provides
excellent pad contact with the borehole wall at high speeds even across
rugose boreholes and through washed out zones. The pad design is shorter
than on other typical instruments with articulation that provides maximum
flexibility. The result is high confidence density porosity data in a wider
range of borehole conditions, even at high logging speeds.
FOCUS density response is compared to a conventional density instrument
across a severely washed out zone (2860 - 2912 ft). The new articulation
design and reduced pad size of the FOCUS density instrument maintains
pad contact much better than a conventional instrument. A large correction
can be seen on the conventional density and correction curve (z-corr in solid
blue) compared to minimal correction (z-corr foc, dashed red curve) applied
to the FOCUS data. The result is a more accurate and reliable density measurement through the washed out zone. In addition, the
FOCUS neutron response is observed to be consistent with a conventional instrument through the washed out zone.
Service Application
Nuclear Porosity - design changes improved detector response and efficiency at high logging speeds of conventional
instruments, and enable production of a real time nuclear porosity cross-plot log.
Accurate determination of formation porosity and lithology.
Accurate determination of gas zones.
Benefits
The new articulation design and reduced pad size of the FOCUS density instrument maintains pad contact muchbetter than a
conventional instrument.

Service Mnemonic
Service Description
Benefit
FORMATION
EVALUATION
INTERPRETATION
Formation Evaluation Interpretation
Accurate volumetric analysis in clastic (shaly sand) reservoirs,

clay typing and mode of occurrence for clay typeAccurate
formation evaluation in complex reservoirs using multi-mineral
volumetric modeling.
FOCUS

logging.Premium sensors are designed to log at high logging
speeds (60 ft/min, 18 m/min) without reducing accuracy or
precision.
Physical Specifications
DENSITY FOCUS Z-Densilog
FOCUS ZDL
OD
Length
Weight
Min Hole Size
Max Hole Size
95.3 mm
2.92 m
90.72 kg
121 mm
311 mm
3.75 in
9.58 ft
200 lbs
4.75 in
12.25 in
Tool
Compressive
Strength
Tool Tensile
Strength
kg
16100 lbs
22680 kg
50000 lbs
Depth of
Investigation
Measurement
Tolerances
8.0 in. estimated for a 7.88 in. water filled borehole with a
nominal 20% porosity formation
Repeatability DEN 0.015 g/cc (2.0 to 3.0 g/cc), PE 0.2
B/e (absence of mudcake), Accuracy DEN 0.025 g/cc
(2.0 - 3.0 g/cc), CAL 0.3 in (6 to 16")
6.6 samples/m
2 samples/ft
Normal Sample
Rate
High Sample
Rate
Measurement
Type
26.3 samples/m
8 samples/ft
NUCLEAR
Pressure, Temperature, Compressive Strength, and Tensile Strength ratings are based on results of laboratory tests and finite element
analysis and may vary under certain borehole conditions. To evaluate whether the tools you are considering will perform under a
specific set of borehole conditions, please discuss with your Baker Atlas representative.
Top Technology Solutions 2006
LOGIQ Logging Platform

The LOGIQ system Halliburtons next-generation
platform for openhole and cased-hole wireline logging
services is completely new technology that encompasses
state-of-the-art downhole logging tools, a higher data rate
telemetry system and the more powerful PC-based LOGIQ
surface system.
The benefit most readily recognized by customers is the
dramatic reduction in the length of the downhole tools
without any penalty in temperature or pressure rating
specifications. In the most common configuration, the
quad combo, tool length is reduced by more than 50 feet.
Time spent drilling rathole to permit evaluation of pay
zones near the bottom of the well is also significantly
reduced. In addition, shorter logging tool strings have a
lower potential to become stuck. As operators know, there
are few rig activities more destructive to a wells economic
value than time spent fishing logging tools.
Product suite includes the LOGIQ logging platform and
LOGIQ downhole tools.
LOGIQ OH/CH Surface System

The LOGIQ surface system is configured to run all openhole
(DITS, INSITE, RDT, MRIL) and cased-hole services.
The new, faster PC-based system addresses the obsolescence
of the EXCEL 2000 surface system. Office environment and
dual display are configured for improved workflow, and
boast a power scheme that allows the delivery of 200W
instrument and 1,800W auxiliary power.
Case History
An independent operator in the East Texas area was drilling
a development well in the Cotton Valley formation with a
planned TD of 12,000 feet. The logging program called for a
quad combo, but, since there would be several depleted
zones open at the time of logging, the operator was
concerned about the potential for differential sticking. The
Cotton Valley formation is notoriously hard and drilling
rates of 300 feet per day were expected.
Ordinarily, the risk of sticking may have called for making
two trips in the hole to collect the quad combo data. With
the advantage of greatly reduced tool length, it was decided
to attempt the logging program in one trip with the LOGIQ
quad combo.
HAL17575
Based on an MS WINDOWS operating system, the LOGIQ

surface system is designed to run CLASS, INSITE and
logging software.
LOGIQ INSITE Quad has a shorter tool string length and faster data
transmission compared to the Quad Combo DITS.
The hole was logged successfully and, while there were

significant pulls observed while logging, the tools never
became stuck.
By accomplishing the logging in one pass instead of in two,
the operator estimates that we saved him about five hours of
rig time. The reduction in rathole drilling required to log
the bottommost sand was deemed to have saved another
four hours. The total net savings to the customer was nine
hours, or about $7,500.
HALLIBURTON
Array Compensated Resistivity Tool

(ACRt) System
The latest thinking in sonde geometry and architecture is
teamed with state-of-the-art electrical, mechanical and
software design to yield an array induction with
unparalleled accuracy, stability and dynamic range.
Real time log acquisition processed via 2D software, optimum
balance of vertical resolution and radial focusing across the
full range of logging (Rt/Rm) conditions can be provided.
An integrated mud resistivity cell and a proprietary thermal
correction scheme provide highly accurate real time
corrections for borehole and thermal effects.
When logging conditions prohibit use of a mechanical caliper,
or when mechanical caliper data is otherwise absent (e.g.,
downlogs), an electrical caliper derived from the short-spaced
induction data is available to drive the borehole corrections.
Variable vertical resolution filters (1 feet, 2 feet and 4 feet)
are available to provide the best possible balance of vertical
resolution and accuracy of the full range of logging conditions.
The ACRt system can provide high-fidelity samplings
of both the near- and deep-wellbore regions, along with
fundamentally accurate processing of the real time
computed radial curves.
Dual-Spaced Neutron Log

(DSN-IQ Tool String)
Halliburtons DSN-IQSM service delivers porosity
measurements with greater accuracy and repeatability, in
both open holes and cased holes, than any other neutron
porosity service. The DSN-IQ service has application in
determining formation porosity and the presence of gas,
when used with spectral density logs and/or acoustic
measurements. It can also determine formation lithology
when run in conjunction with other porosity devices.
The DSN-IQ service shares a common instrumentation
section with the INSITE spectral density log. When run in
combination, the spectral density log DSN-IQ tool string is
over 10 feet shorter and up to 400 lbs lighter than
conventional density-neutron designs.
The DSN-IQ features two He-3 detectors with optimized
spacing and shielding. Together with advanced shop calibration
procedures and a strong 15 Curie Americium-Beryllium
neutron source, the result is outstanding accuracy and precision
over the full range of logging and formation conditions.
High-vertical-resolution Omega processing utilizes
proprietary, next-generation algorithms to provide high-
definition neutron-porosity logs that are sensitive to thinly

bedded formations. Unlike other techniques, Omega
processing compensates for localized environmental effects.
Sonic Array Tool (SAT-IQ) System

Halliburtons SAT-IQ service integrates a monopole
transmitter with an array of five piezoelectric receivers. The
full waveform data is digitally recorded for each receiver,
thus permitting advanced data analysis and quality control
for waveform amplitude, slowness and arrival time in both
openhole and cased-hole applications.
The SAT-IQ system is over 20 feet shorter than many other
fullwave acoustic logging tools. While not compromising
data quality, the reduction in tool length helps speed up rigup and rig-down times, especially when lubricator and
pressure control equipment are required.
The P wave slowness is obtained using a robust waveform
cross correlation coherency process which utilizes the
waveform data from the entire receiver array. The process
evaluates many attributes of the waveform data before
selecting, in real time, the acoustic velocities of the formation.
Spectral Density Log (SDL-IQ) System

Halliburtons spectral density logs provide superior
measurements of formation bulk density and boreholecompensated photoelectric factor (Pe). These measurements
are key factors for accurate determination of formation
porosity, reliable identification of formation lithology,
precise delineation of thinly bedded formations (Omega
processing of RhoB and Pe) and gas detection when used in
combination with dual-spaced neutron logs.
The SDL-IQ system shares a common instrumentation
section with the INSITE dual-spaced neutron (DSN-IQ).
When run in combination, the tool string is over 10 feet
shorter and up to 400 lbs lighter than conventional densityneutron designs.
Consistent, high-quality measurements are possible using
the latest-generation pad geometry and articulation,
designed to optimize pad ride in varying and non-ideal
wellbore conditions.
A 1.5 Curie Cesium-137 source, tungsten shielding and two
high-efficiency scintillation detectors are combined in a
state-of-the-art design to achieve high gamma-ray counting
rates with minimal borehole sensitivity.
Computations based on hundreds of laboratory measurements
combine with a new dynamic processing technique to yield
unprecedented accuracy and precision.
www.halliburton.com
H04901 04/06
2006 Halliburton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
Sales of Halliburton products and services will

be in accord solely with the terms and conditions
contained in the contract between Halliburton and
the customer that is applicable to the sale.
HALLIBURTON
The EcoScope service provides a full suite of formation evaluation, well placement, and drilling optimization measurements.
Porosity
Sigma
Spectroscopy
Neutron gamma density
Azimuthal density
and photoelectric factor
2-MHz and 400-kHz resistivity
APWD annular pressure
while drilling
Azimuthal natural
gamma ray
Ultrasonic caliper
Three-axis
shock and vibration
Inclination
The EcoScope service incorporates

a large memory capacity that allows
recording of 2 data points/ft at rates of
penetration up to 450 ft/hr. High-speed
telemetry from the TeleScope* service
ensures EcoScope measurements are
available in real time, enabling informed
decisions.
Smarter
The EcoScope service provides more
downhole information from a single
collar than any other LWD service.
Dedicated internal diagnostic electronics
record information used for EcoScope
preventive maintenance, which can significantly extend drilling footage between
failures and reduce nonproductive time.
The PNG generates more neutrons,
with much higher energies, than a traditional AmBe chemical source, providing
deeper and more precise measurements.
This technology also enables the
EcoScope service to provide industryfirst nuclear LWD measurements in
www.slb.com/oilfield
04-DR-229
Schlumberger
February 2005
Produced by Marketing Communications, Houston
addition to the formation evaluation

suite, further reducing the uncertainty
in data interpretations.
The EcoView answer product assists
in the analysis of the comprehensive
data suite from the EcoScope service
and computes an advanced petrophysical
interpretation requiring only water salinity
as input from the user. EcoView software
uses two- and three-dimensional (2D and
3D) visualization tools to combine the
advanced petrophysical interpretation with
the EcoScope multiple borehole images.
The combination of petrophysical interpretation

and borehole images is achieved through 2D and
3D visualization tools.
EcoScope
Multifunction
logging while drilling
Applications
Drilling optimization
Formation evaluation
Well placement
Benefits
Increases efficiency and

safety by integrating all
sensors in one collar
Saves time by acquiring

quality measurements at
high penetration rates
Mitigates risks associated

with traditional chemical
sources
Reduces depth uncertainty

by using colocated sensors
Improves confidence in interpretations by introducing new

logging-while-drilling (LWD)
measurements and quality
control indicators
Features
Drilling and formation evaluation sensors located in one

collar
The new age of drilling
Safer
The EcoScope* multifunction LWD service,

which incorporates decades of Schlumberger
experience in providing quality measurements, launches the next generation of LWD
measurements and interpretation. The
EcoScope service integrates a full suite of
formation evaluation, well placement, and
drilling optimization measurements in a
single collar to increase operational efficiency,
reduce risk, and increase confidence in data
interpretation and calculations of production and reserves.
Designed around a pulsed neutron generator (PNG), the EcoScope service uses
technology developed by Schlumberger
and Japan Oil, Gas and Metals National
Corporation. In addition to the suite of
resistivity, neutron porosity, and azimuthal
gamma ray and density, it provides the
first commercial LWD measurements of
elemental capture spectroscopy, neutron
gamma density, and sigma. Drilling optimization measurements include APWD*
Annular Pressure While Drilling, caliper,
and shock.
The PNG used in the EcoScope service

allows generation of neutrons on demand.
This design eliminates the need for an
americium beryllium (AmBe) chemical
source, substantially reducing risk during
transportation and at the wellsite.
Measurement of formation density without the side-mounted cesium source is an
option, making the EcoScope service the
first to offer commercial LWD nuclear logging without traditional chemical sources.
Volumetric
Clay
EcoView* answer product

for data integration and
interpretation
Q-F-M
Mudcake
Calcite
Washout
Dolomite
Density
Caliper
Average
Drilling performance
measurements of annular
pressure, caliper, and shock
Built-in diagnostic chips

to provide information for
preventive maintenance
The EcoScope service integrates multiple

LWD sensors in a single collar. This compact
design reduces the amount of rathole that
must be drilled to provide comprehensive
formation evaluation measurements.
Because there is only one collar, flat time
associated with making up and breaking
down the bottomhole assembly (BHA) is
reduced. The EcoScope tool has fewer
connections, which enhances the BHA
reliability.
The EcoView answer product assists in the analysis of the comprehensive data suite from the EcoScope service.
measurements of elemental
capture spectroscopy, sigma,
porosity, gamma ray, density,
and resistivity
Electrical generation of more

neutrons with higher energies
than traditional chemical
sources
Faster
in.
16
in.
16
Net Reservoir
Net Pay
FR
Intrinsic Permeability
10,000 mD
0.1
Mineralogy
Gamma Ray Average
0
gAPI
200 1
Pyrite
Clay Water
Water
Bit Size
6
Fluid Volumes
Permeability
Hydrocarbon
Water Cut
Anhydrite
Capillary Bound
Water
Hydrocarbon
Siderite
Coal
Salt
Free Water
Total Porosity
0 50
p.u.
Total Volume
0 100
0 LPKSR
Pocket folder with business card slits
The EcoScope service provides a full suite of formation evaluation, well placement, and drilling optimization measurements.
Porosity
Sigma
Spectroscopy
Neutron gamma density
Azimuthal density
and photoelectric factor
2-MHz and 400-kHz resistivity
APWD annular pressure
while drilling
Azimuthal natural
gamma ray
Ultrasonic caliper
Three-axis
shock and vibration
Inclination
The EcoScope service incorporates

a large memory capacity that allows
recording of 2 data points/ft at rates of
penetration up to 450 ft/hr. High-speed
telemetry from the TeleScope* service
ensures EcoScope measurements are
available in real time, enabling informed
decisions.
Smarter
The EcoScope service provides more
downhole information from a single
collar than any other LWD service.
Dedicated internal diagnostic electronics
record information used for EcoScope
preventive maintenance, which can significantly extend drilling footage between
failures and reduce nonproductive time.
The PNG generates more neutrons,
with much higher energies, than a traditional AmBe chemical source, providing
deeper and more precise measurements.
This technology also enables the
EcoScope service to provide industryfirst nuclear LWD measurements in
04-DR-229
Schlumberger
February 2005
addition to the formation evaluation

suite, further reducing the uncertainty
in data interpretations.
The EcoView answer product assists
in the analysis of the comprehensive
data suite from the EcoScope service
and computes an advanced petrophysical
interpretation requiring only water salinity
as input from the user. EcoView software
uses two- and three-dimensional (2D and
3D) visualization tools to combine the
advanced petrophysical interpretation with
the EcoScope multiple borehole images.
The combination of petrophysical interpretation

and borehole images is achieved through 2D and
3D visualization tools.
EcoScope
Multifunction
logging while drilling
EcoScope
Optimizing drilling
Safer and faster
The EcoScope* logging-while-drilling (LWD)
service produces neutrons on demand with
a unique pulsed neutron generator. Its design
eliminates the need to use chemical sources
for neutron generation and removes the
risks associated with handling, shipping,
and storing these sources. Measurement of
formation density without the side-mounted
cesium source is an option, making the
EcoScope service the first to offer commercial LWD nuclear logging without traditional
chemical sources.
All EcoScope measurement sensors are

integrated in a single collar that can be
deployed faster than conventional LWD
tools, and advanced EcoScope measurements
and large memory capacity enable the recording of quality data at 2 points/ft at penetration
rates up to 450 ft/hr. TeleScope* high-speed
telemetry maximizes the real-time value of
the EcoScope measurements.
Applications
Benefits
Optional EcoView* answer product allows data integration and interpretation.
Mineralogy and
Hole Shape
Photoelectric Factor
Image
Rotation
Shock and Vibration
Pressure and
Temperature
Equivalent Circulating
Density
12
lbm/gal
0
Absent
-499,375
3,500
7,500
11,500
15,500
18,500
22,500
25,500
32,000
35,550
38,500
41,500
GR and Calipers
Gamma Ray Average

(GRMA)
0
gAPI
150
Rate of Penetration,
Averaged over
Last 5 ft (ROP5 RM)
500
ft/hr
0
Bit Size (BS)
Mineralogy
6
in.
16
Mineralogy
Ultrasonic Caliper Average
Ultasonic Caliper,
(UCAV)
Horizontal (UCHO)
6
in.
16 14
in.
4
Density Caliper Average
Ultasonic Caliper,
(DCAV)
Vertical (UCVE)
6
in.
16 14
in.
4
Transverse RMS
Vibration
0
g
10
Instantaneous Collar RPM Torsional (Rotational)
Minimum Value
RMS Vibration
0
c/min
200 0
mg
5,000
Collar Rotational
X-axis RMS
Speed
Vibration
0
c/min
150 0
g
10
Optimization of drilling performance and borehole stability

Well-to-well correlation
Well placement
Annular Temperature
150
degF
250
Increases efficiency and safety

by integrating all sensors in
one collar
Saves rig time
Fast pickup and lay-down
Less rathole needed
Quality data at high rates of
penetration (ROPs)
Dedicated diagnostic
electronics
Mitigates risks associated with
traditional chemical sources
Enables optimization of drilling
parameters in real time
Pore Pressure Gradient

12
lbm/gal
0
Features
Annulus Pressure
5,000
psi
10,000
Integrates all sensors in

one collar
Samples at high rates

Delivers measurements in real
time via TeleScope telemetry
Uses pulsed neutron generator
to generate neutrons
Measures annular pressure,
hole shape, three-axis shock,
and vibration
Provides lithology from elemental
capture spectroscopy
Smarter
The EcoScope service delivers a
comprehensive set of real-time measurements for drilling optimization, well
placement, and well-to-well correlation.
These measurements permit the finetuning of drilling parameters to obtain
the maximum ROP and the best hole
quality.
Measurements include those from
the APWD* Annular Pressure While
Drilling service, which allow monitoring
of hole cleaning as well as leakoff-test
and connection pressures.
EcoScope caliper data, from density
and multisensor ultrasonic measurements, provide a visual representation
of hole shape, enabling identification
of over- or undergauge hole to help
mitigate drilling problems. These hole
measurements are also useful in calculating the volume of mud and cement
needed for operations.
EcoScope three-axis shock and vibration measurements indicate whether

drilling energy is being dispersed in
bottomhole assembly shocks or being
used to make hole. Rock typing and
mineralogy information from the spectroscopy measurement allows advanced
monitoring of borehole stability and
facilitates risk planning.
Dedicated internal diagnostic
electronics record information used
for EcoScope preventive maintenance,
which can significantly extend drilling
footage between failures and reduce
nonproductive time.
04-DR-231
Schlumberger
February 2005
Produced by Oilfield Marketing Communications, Houston
EcoScope
Formation evaluation and well placement
Optional EcoView* answer product allows
data integration and interpretation.
Mineralogy
Gamma Ray Average
0
gAPI
200
Safer and smarter

The EcoScope* multifunction loggingwhile-drilling (LWD) service makes unique
measurements close to the bit, delivering
consistent well-to-well formation evaluation
that significantly reduces interpretation
uncertainty.
The EcoScope service integrates a comprehensive suite of formation evaluation sensors
in a single collar to deliver validated LWD
data. It is the first commercial LWD service
to use a pulsed neutron generator (PNG)
and offer the option of porosity and density
measurements without traditional chemical
sources.
The PNG produces more neutrons with
higher energies than a traditional chemical
source, resulting in deeper and more precise
measurements.
It also enables several measurements that
are available for the first time in commercial
LWD services. Among these are neutroninduced capture gamma ray spectroscopy
data, which provide mineralogy, lithology,
and matrix properties. Formation sigma, a
salinity indicator, is also available, providing
a viable alternative to resistivity for determining hydrocarbon saturation. The neutron
gamma density is a measure of the gamma
rays that are generated from neutronformation interactions.
Other EcoScope formation evaluation
measurements include resistivity, azimuthal
natural gamma ray, azimuthal cesium density,
photoelectric factor, and thermal neutron
porosity.
The dual-frequency propagation resistivity
array makes 10 phase and 10 attenuation
measurements at several depths of investigation, providing invasion profiling and
formation resistivity. A focused natural
Applications
Reserves estimation and

reservoir modeling
Well placement
Benefits
Increases efficiency and safety

by integrating all sensors in
one collar
Mitigates risks associated with
traditional chemical sources
Reduces depth uncertainty by
using colocated sensors
Features
Multiple imaging capabilities

Lithology information
Sigma measurement
Neutron porosity and density
measurements
Multisensor ultrasonic caliper
Data quality control indicators
Measurements delivered in real
time via TeleScope* high-speed
telemetry
EcoView answer product
for data integration and
interpretation
gamma ray detector allows the

EcoScope service to provide gamma
ray images in addition to the standard
density and photoelectric factor
images. All EcoScope measurements
can be transmitted to the surface in
real time using TeleScope high-speed
telemetry.
EcoScope sensors are integrated into
a single collar, so the measurements are
made close to the bit, reducing the
invasion effects. This advantage, combined with the services deep measurements and high sampling rates, enables
a comprehensive, accurate characterization of the formation.
Three levels of visual quality control
indicators are associated with each
EcoScope measurement, giving instant
data quality verification that reduces
uncertainty in interpretations
and reserve calculations.
Answer product
Well placement
EcoScope services can be delivered

with the EcoView answer product, which
integrates the measurements into an
easy-to-use software package that offers
multiple display options for the measurements. These include standard log
formats, two-dimensional and threedimensional images, and petrophysical
data displays for information such as
lithology, permeability, flow profiles,
and volumetrics. In addition, EcoView
software can be used for crossplotting
EcoScope well data. The EcoView
answer product provides multiple means
for sharing and exporting data, ranging
from hard-copy prints to digital files.
Integrated sensor design, proximity

to the bit, and multi-imaging capability
make the EcoScope service an excellent
tool for well placement. Its real-time
azimuthal density and gamma ray images
provide options for identifying the optimal well trajectory, and its spetroscopy
and sigma measurements are available
while drillingan LWD first. High realtime effective data rates provided by
the TeleScope service make these
measurements available for fine-tuning
the well trajectory.
04-DR-232
Schlumberger
February 2005
StethoScope
Formation pressure
while drilling
04-DR-230
Schlumberger
January 2005
Applications
Pore pressure calibration
Geosteering and geostopping
Reserve estimation
Reservoir pressure
management
Benefits
Reduced drilling expense

and risk
Mud weight optimization to

avoid kicks and drilling delays
Elimination of costs associated

with premature casing runs
and incorrect casing placement
Features
Provides accurate real-time

pressure measurements
Permits pressure gradient

definition
Contributes data to calibrate

pore pressure models
Helps define gradients,

identify contact points, and
update reservoir models
Drilling optimization to minimize cost and risk

Todays wells are becoming more challengingand more expensiveto drill and
complete. Using the StethoScope* formation
pressure-while-drilling service reduces the
formation pressure uncertainty associated
with drilling, minimizes the risk, and
reduces cost.
Logging-while-drilling (LWD) measurementsspecifically resistivity and sonic
measurementscan be used to predict
pore pressure trends throughout the wellbore and, thus, help control hazards.
Because these measurements are qualitative
when used for pore pressure prediction,
they require calibration points.
StethoScope formation pressure measurements provide real-time calibration
points for pore pressure models while the
well is being drilled, which significantly
reduces drilling risk. Once the pore pressure
is known, mud weight can be optimized,
allowing drilling to continue with confidence
at optimal penetration rates.
StethoScope measurements also assist
in casing point selection by fostering better
understanding of the pressure in the formations around the planned casing point.
Significant cost savings can be achieved
by avoiding premature casing runs and
incorrect casing placement.
virgin pressure zones scheduled for sidetrack development or completion. Pressure

and mobility data help target the most
productive zones and determine the optimal
drain length for horizontal wells. In faulted
formations, rapid pressure analysis aids
effective geosteering between compartments.
Accurate data for improved

formation evaluation
Acquiring accurate formation pressure
data throughout the reservoir with the
StethoScope service makes it possible to
analyze both virgin and developed
reservoirs. In virgin reservoirs, pressure
profiles can be combined with other LWD
logs to develop a static model of the
reservoir. Pressure profiles from wells in
a developed reservoir can aid understanding of fluid movement within the reservoir.
These pressure profiles defining gradients
and contact points, combined with production history and the static reservoir model,
are used to model the dynamic reservoir
pressure, which is crucial for optimizing
recovery. The model enables an increased
understanding of a fields production systems, leading to better completions.
Real-time measurements for geosteering

and geostopping
Real-time StethoScope formation pressure
measurements enable geosteering and
geostopping decisions based on the pressure
regimes encountered. Quick decisions can
eliminate time wasted drilling pressuredepleted formations and can preserve
The StethoScope service provides measurements that meet todays industry needs.
Drilling Optimization
Pore pressure
calibration
Real-time
wellbore stability
Pressure
gradient
Reservoir
pressure
management
Drilling
efficiency
Fluid
identification
and contact
Geosteering
Geostopping
Well Placement
StethoScope
Formation pressure
while drilling
04-DR-230
Schlumberger
January 2005
StethoScope 675
The StethoScope 675* multifunction formation
pressure-while-drilling service enables accurate and efficient measurement of formation
pressure in the drilling environment. It provides direct pore pressure and mobility data
for fluid typing, reservoir pressure management,
and mud weight control and optimization.
Time savings are achieved through a focus
on operational efficiency and measurement
versatility, accuracy, and quality.
Reliable, versatile operation

StethoScope 675 reliability has several sources;
among them are Schlumberger experience
with the wireline MDT* Modular Formation
Dynamics Tester and knowledge gained from
leadership in the logging-while-drilling (LWD)
industry. Mechanical components designed for
field replacement save the time and cost of
replacing the entire tool and eliminate time
spent waiting on parts.
The probe is sealed against the formation
by a mechanical setting piston. The piston
extends from the tool directly opposite
the probe. This configuration ensures the
integrity of the seal by preventing the tool from
moving while the probe sets and acquires the
pressure data. Because the weight of the collar

is not needed to establish and maintain the
probe-to-formation seal, the tool can be set
in any hole orientationvertical or deviated.
The mechanical setting piston is effective in
boreholes up to 2 in. larger than the tools
outside diameter.
StethoScope 675 versatility provides the
choice to perform a measurement with the
pumps on or off. A pumps-on, or circulating,
test is available if sticking is a concern or
there is a need to monitor data in real time.
In this case, the sequence can be interrupted
at any time, thus not wasting time on a dry
test or lost seal. A pumps-off, or static, measurement provides a noise-free environment
and reduces the supercharging effect evident
in tight formations as a result of circulating.
Measurement data are available in real time
during circulating or are sent uphole immediately following a static measurement.
Power to operate the StethoScope 675
service comes from either a battery pack or
the measurement-while-drilling (MWD) turbine.
Under normal conditions, the battery pack
can provide power for up to 150 pretests. The
tools power management logic always
The StethoScope 675 service uses a 6 34-in. collar with an 8 14-in. integral blade stabilizer for 8 12-in. boreholes.
An optional collar with a 9 14-in. stabilizer is available for 9 78-in. boreholes.
Applications
Optimization of mud weight

Selection of optimal casing
points
Estimation of reserves
Identification of fluids and their
contacts
Reservoir model refinement
Well placement
Benefits
Mitigated risk through reservoir

pressure management
Improved prediction of reserves
using fluid typing
Enhanced drilling performance
through optimal mud weight
Time and cost savings by eliminating need for tool orientation
Minimized nonproductive time
using Smart Pretest* model
Features
Accurately measures formation

pressure in drilling environment
Provides direct pore pressure
and mobility data for fluid typing
and mud weight optimization
Performs in any hole orientationvertical or deviated
Optimizes pretest volume and
drawdown to formation characteristics
Provides validated real-time
measurements with quality
control indicators
reserves enough battery power for an

emergency automatic retraction. There
are two principal pressure gauges in the
StethoScope 675 servicea strain gauge
and an ACQG* advanced crystal quartz
gauge. The ACQG gauge is the same
gauge used in the MDT tester, well
known for its reliability and accuracy
and ruggedized to withstand the drilling
environment. In addition, an annular
pressure gauge continuously monitors
mud-column changes.
Optimized pretest design

The downhole controls and intelligent
interpretation incorporated in the tool
optimize the pretest volume and drawdown rate to the formation characteristics. The pretest volume is fully adjustable
up to 25 cm3, and the drawdown rate
can be set from 0.1 to 2.0 cm3/s.
The StethoScope service offers two
pretest options. Pretests can be customized using client-defined settings or
can be acquired in the fully automated
Smart Pretest mode. The Smart Pretest
mode adjusts to formation properties
to optimize the pretest in the prescribed
StethoScope 675 Specifications

Tool design
Measurement type
Pressure gauges
Power supplies
Measurement specifications
Probe pretest
High-precision crystal and strain
Battery, MWD turbine power
Probe dimension (in. [mm])

Pretest
Volume (cm3)
Drawdown rate (cm3/s)
Delta pressure (psi [MPa])
Setting piston diameter reach (in. [mm])
Memory capacity
Battery capacity
2.25 [57.15] OD 0.56 [14.22] ID
time. Although defined settings must

be preset at surface, once the tool is
downhole either option is available at
any time. Also, test length can be
extended for either option.
High-quality data in real time

Substantial quality indicators are provided
with the final formation pressure. The
indicators include an analysis of the
pretest to determine its validity and
compute the final buildup rate and gauge
variance. These indicators are available
in real time to validate formation pressure
data and provide the detail needed to
have confidence in the measurement.
Real-time data can be transmitted to
surface in three levels of detail to provide
standard, intermediate, or advanced
interpretation. Data are also stored in
memory and can be downloaded at
surface for further processing.
Three modes of operation
0 to 25, fully adjustable

0.1 to 2.0
>5,000 [>34]
2.00 [50.00] more than tool OD
80 pretests of 5-min duration
150 pretests (1 cm3s at 3,200-psi [22-MPa] drawdown
at 275F [125C])
General specifications
Tool nominal diameter (in. [mm])
Tool max. OD (in. [mm])
Tool length (ft [m])
Weight (lbm [kg])
Upper connection
Lower connection
Operating temperature (F [C])
Mechanical specifications
6.75 [171.5]
8.25 [209.6], 9.25 [234.95] with optional collar
31 [9.4]
2,800 [1,270]
512 FH box
512 FH box
300 [150]
Max. dogleg severity

Rotary mode (/ft [/m])
Sliding mode (/ft [/m])
Max. shock
8/100 [8/30]
16/100 [16/30]
30 min at shock level 3 (50 gn)
200,000 cumulative shocks above 50 gn
Hydraulics
Max. external pressure (psi [MPa])
Flow range (gal/min [L/min])
20,000 [138], 25,000 optional

0 to 800 [3,028] (standard)
1,000 [3,785] (limited conditions)
Note: Specifications are subject to change.
05-DR-004
Schlumberger
January 2005
Because the bottomhole assembly (BHA)

must be stationary for the StethoScope
675 measurements, the tool design
incorporates protection against accidental
probe deployment while the BHA is
moving. A downlink sequence is
required to change from one of the three
modes of tool operation sleep, standby,
and deployto another. In sleep and
standby modes, the tool can be rotated
between pressure points.
When the deploy mode is activated,
the tool automatically sets, performs
the pressure test, retracts after the
specified time, and returns to standby
mode, ready for the next pretest. This
sequence takes approximately 5 min,
with a short downlink to trigger the next
measurement, if necessary. Each step
in the sequence provides feedback to
surface. The deploy mode is cancelled
by simply cycling the pumps.
TeleScope
More data,
delivered faster,
while drilling
04-DR-227
Schlumberger
January 2005
Applications
Transmission of multiple realtime measurements during

drilling
Well placement
Harsh and complex drilling

environments, including hightemperature, high-pressure,
and deep wells
Benefits
Decisions are based on

comprehensive information
delivered in real time
Measurements from multiple

tool combinations are available
in real time
Data memory enables postdrilling analysis for planning

of future wells
Features
High effective data transmission rate

Ability to power, and transmit
data from, multiple downhole
tools
Integrated recording memory
Accurate static and continuous

directional and inclination
measurements
Real-time updates on shocks,

vibrations, and flow
Setting new standards

The TeleScope* high-speed telemetrywhile-drilling service is one of the nextgeneration Scope* services that are setting
new standards for data quality and rapid
transmission of real-time information
while drilling.
Schlumberger has used the experience
gained from more than 5 million measurement-while-drilling operational hours to
make the TeleScope service reliable, versatile, and efficient.
Internal electronic boards are mounted
in a rugged chassis built to withstand
extreme shock and vibration. Downhole
components are designed for operations
at high temperature and pressure.
High-speed data transmission

The TeleScope service and its Orion*
telemetry platform effectively leverage
the principles of mud pulse telemetry to
enhance signal detection and effective
data transmission rates. These two advantages significantly increase the amount of
information available in real time and
enable transmission from greater depths.
The TeleScope service can transmit measurements and data from multiple tools,
giving comprehensive downhole information
that can reduce drilling risks and improve
time efficiencies while drilling. This information includes valuable real-time updates
on downhole shocks, vibrations, and flow.
In wells where pore pressure knowledge

is crucial, the TeleScope service can be
combined with another member of the
Scope family, the StethoScope* formation
pressure-while-drilling service, to provide
real-time information for optimal selection
of mud weight.
The TeleScope service provides the electrical
power for, and transmits data from, other
downhole measurement services. Its design
maximizes the amount of information
available in real time and makes it possible
to log borehole sections in greater detail.
Combining the TeleScope service and the
EcoScope* multifunction logging-whiledrilling service, for example, provides both
traditional and advanced formation evaluation information in real time for optimal
reservoir characterization. All measurement
data can be stored in the integrated downhole recording memory for retrieval at
surface after the run.
Well placement
The TeleScope service provides accurate
static and continuous directional and inclination measurements. A combination of
these measurements and formation evaluation data acquired close to the bit by other
services makes it possible to land wells on
target in less time. The TeleScope service
can power multiple logging-while-drilling
tools, delivering an unprecedented number
of while-drilling measurements.
Downhole components of the TeleScope service.
Transmission module
Electronics module
Gamma ray
or three-axis
vibration
Direction
and inclination
Power generation module
Downhole flow rate

Downhole weight
and torque on bit
Downhole shocks
TeleScope
More data,
delivered faster,
while drilling
04-DR-227
Schlumberger
January 2005
TeleScope
More data, delivered faster, while drilling
The TeleScope* high-speed telemetry-whiledrilling service transmits data at rates up to
4 times faster than the industry standard.
Using the Orion* telemetry platform to
increase the rate of data transmission, the
TeleScope service delivers the information
that can optimize well placement, improve
drilling efficiency, reduce risk, and, ultimately,
increase production.
A fast, easy-to-use downlink protocol
enables real-time transmission of information
from the surface to downhole tools. Transmission speeds and configuration settings
are easy to change, and because communication is bidirectional, normal logging and drilling
operations can continue during downlinking.
Measurements provided by the TeleScope
service include drilling dynamics information,
which is valuable for real-time analysis and is
available in memory for postdrilling analysis.
These measurements include downhole
weight and torque on bit, three-axis vibration, torsional shock, continuous direction,
and inclination. Formation gamma ray
measurements for additional correlation can

also be obtained when the TeleScope service
is run alone.
Combinable with LWD tools

and rotary steerable systems
Applications
The TeleScope service can be run in combination with all Schlumberger logging-whiledrilling (LWD) tools and rotary steerable
systems, providing real-time formation evaluation and true geosteering capability. The
TeleScope service was recently used in central
Texas (USA) to provide real-time information
from a nine-tool bottomhole assembly.
Designed for difficult environments

Standard-service downhole TeleScope
components can withstand temperatures
to 300F [150C] and pressures of 20,000 psi.
Optional special-service configurations can
be provided for temperatures to 350F [175C]
and pressures of 30,000 psi.
The TeleScope service uses modulator
technology that has been proven in field
operations at depths greater than 37,000 ft.
Transmission of multiple real-time

measurements during high-speed
drilling
Well placement
Harsh and complex drilling
environments, including hightemperature, high-pressure,
and deep wells
Benefits
Real-time measurements from

multiple tools give comprehensive
picture of downhole environment.
Fast downlinking while logging
increases operational efficiency.
Postdrilling analysis from memory
data improves planning for future
wells.
Strong signal detection ensures
comprehensive information is
available even in deep wells.
Features
Effective data transmission rate versus drilling speed. At 100 ft/hr rate of penetration, the TeleScope service transmits
4 times faster than the industry standard.
100,000
Assumes 2 points/ft, 8 bits/point
10,000
1,000
25 curves
Data (bits/ft)
6 curves
100
10
Effective transmission speed

3 bps
12 bps
TeleScope service
powered by Orion protocol
Industry standard
10
100
ROP (ft/hr)
1,000
Orion platform with high-speed

processor and software
Flexible bottomhole configurations
and programming
Integrated recording memory
TeleScope Specifications
Operating frequencies (Hz)
Power supply
Telemetry type
Tool nominal OD (in. [mm])
Tool max. diameter (in. [mm])
Tool length (ft [m])
Weight (lbm [kg])
Operating temperature
Standard (F [C])
Special (F [C])
Max. dogleg severity
Rotary mode (/100 ft [/30 m])
Sliding mode (/100 ft [/30 m])
Max. shock
Max. external pressure
Standard service (psi [MPa])
Special service (psi [MPa])
Flow range (gal/min [L/min])
TeleScope 675
0.25 to 24
Turbine power
Continuous wave
6.75 [171.45]
6.89 [175.01]
24.7 [7.53]
2,085 [946]
TeleScope 825
0.25 to 24
Turbine power
Continuous wave
8.25 [209.55]
8.41 [213.61]
24.6 [7.50]
3,085 [1,399]
TeleScope 900
0.25 to 24
Turbine power
Continuous wave
9.0 [228.60]
9.16 [232.66]
24.7 [7.53 ]
3,985 [1,808]
TeleScope 950
0.25 to 24
Turbine power
Continuous wave
9.5 [241.30]
9.68 [245.87]
24.8 [7.56 ]
4,405 [1,998]
300 [150]
350 [175]
300 [150]
350 [175]
300 [150]
350 [175]
300 [150]
350 [175]
4.5 [4.5]
4.0 [4.0]
3.5 [3.5]
3.5 [3.5]
15 [15]
12 [12]
10 [10]
10 [10]
30 min at shock level 3 (>10 Hz above 50 gn), 200,000 cumulative shocks above 50 gn
20,000 [138]
30,000 [207]
275 to 800
[1,041 to 3,028]
20,000 [138]
25,000 [172]
400 to 1,200
[1,514 to 4,542]
20,000 [138]
25,000 [172]
400 to 1,200
[1,514 to 4,542]
TeleScope Measurements Specifications

Direction and inclination survey
Inclination
Range
Accuracy
Resolution
Azimuth
Range
Accuracy
Resolution
Toolface
Min. update period
Range
Accuracy
Magnetic to gravity toolface switching, programmable
Gamma ray
Range
Accuracy
Statistical resolution
Distance from bottom of tool
04-DR-239
Schlumberger
January 2005
0 to 180, stationary and continuous

0.1 [1 ] stationary and 0.2 [1 ] continuous
0.03 stationary and 0.1 continuous
0 to 360 stationary and continuous
0.1 [1 ], above 5 inclination stationary and 0.2 [1 ] continuous
0.5 stationary and 1 continuous
3s
0 to 360
1 [1 ]
5 or 2.5
0 cps to 163 cps [0 API to 300 API]
2.5 cps
0.64 cps [3.5 API]
9.2 ft [2.8 m]
20,000 [138]
25,000 [172]
400 to 1,600
[1,514 to 6,057]
E-Pulse
Next-generation electromagnetic MWD tool
The E-Pulse* electromagnetic MWD tool
is the latest generation electromagnetic
telemetry MWD tool. Developed using the
experience gained from over two million
MWD operational hours, the tool is built to
withstand the high-shock environment seen
during underbalanced drilling using gas, air
or foam.
Designed for reliability and efficiency in
real-time directional drilling applications, the
E-Pulse tool provides direction, inclination,
tool-face, gamma ray and downhole pressure
measurements. The tool can be used during
all drilling operations including pipe connections, tripping and in applications where
lost circulation is a problem.
The measurements are transmitted to

surface using low-frequency electromagnetic
waves pulsed through the earth. These signals are received and decoded at the surface
using a proprietary system that provides
superior signal-to-noise ratio detection. The
result is accurate measurements, taken at
greater depth than was previously possible
with data transmitted continuously during
all phases of drilling. In some circumstances,
the signal can be transmitted through casing,
giving tool-face data prior to clearing the
casing shoe.
The upper track shows formation resistivity in the vertical pilot hole. The E-Pulse signal in the subsequent horizontal
sidetrackthe shaded zone at 4000 ft [1219 m] TVDwas strong enough to be transmitted through casing and to
steer immediately on exiting the shoe at measured depth of 5530 ft [1686 m].
Horizontal well
though this zone
100
10
1
1000
3000
2000
4000
Pilot hole depth (ft)

Electromagnetic Signal versus Noise (dB)
50
40
Decibels
(dB)
30
Casing depth
20
10
0
5200
5400
5600
Horizontal hole depth (ft)
Drilling with gas, air or foam
Severe lost circulation
Noisy mudpulse environment
Data transmission while tripping and making connections
Benefits
Field-proven reliability with

gas, air or foam drilling in
underbalanced conditions
Increased depth capability

without the need for antennas
or repeaters
No drilling fluid restrictions

to data transmission
Efficient operation during all

phases of drilling operations
Features
Formation Resistivity (ohm-m)

1000
Ohm-meter
(ohm-m)
Applications
5800
6000
No moving mechanical parts
Built-in safety circuitry avoids

sparking hazard at the surface
Real time and recorded

gamma ray and annular pressure available
Case histories
In a well in Northern Alberta, Canada,
the E-Pulse tool was used with mud to
drill a 300-ft [91-m] build section to a
measured depth of 9600 ft [2926 m],
a true vertical depth (TVD) of 8500 ft
[2591 m]. A strong surface signal from
the E-pulse tool was detected without
the need for antennas or repeaters.
An operator in NE British Columbia,
Canada, drilled a vertical pilot and then
a horizontal lateral underbalance with
air/mist. The total footage drilled was
1400 ft [426 m] with the TVD of the
lateral measuring 4000 ft [1219 m].
The E-Pulse tool successfully made an

EMAG transmission through the casing
with the directional measurements
independently confirmed by gyro.
At another site in NE British
Columbia, an operator drilled three
separate horizontal wells underbalanced using 2119 scf/min [60 m3/min]
of air and 7 gal/min [25 L/min] of water
as part of an ongoing campaign. The
measured depths at the 7-in. [178-mm]
casing shoe were typically around
5249 ft [1600 m] at a total depth of
7874 ft [2400 m] with TVDs at the shoe
of 4921 ft [1500 m].
In all cases, the E-Pulse tool demonstrated outstanding reliability.

In Kansas, USA, an operator drilled
two horizontal wells underbalanced
in a gas reservoir using 1500 scf/min
[42.4 m3/min] of air and 5 gal/min
[19 L/min] of water. The TVD of the
horizontal sections was approximately
1300 ft [396 m]. The E-Pulse tool was
able to make successful EMAG transmission through casing.
E-Pulse Measurement Performance Specifications

Range
Accuracy
Resolution
Update Period (Min)
Inclination
0 to 180
0.1 at 1
0.03
Survey period
Long92 s
Short44 s
Azimuth
Toolface
Gamma ray
APWD
0 to 360
0 to 360
0 to 250 API
0 to 12,000 psi [827.4 bar]
1 at 1 (>5)
3 at 1
6%
5 psi [0.3 bar]
0.03
6
0.5 cps
0.1%
15 s
28 s
60 s
E-Pulse General Specification

Temperature rating
Pressure rating
Collar size
Curvature
LCM and mud type
Length
Other
250F [121C]
12,000 psi
434 in. [120.6 mm]
30/100 ft [30.4 m] sliding
No restrictions
56.8 ft [17.3 m]
sizes of the E-Pulse MWD tool are currently under development.
www.connect.slb.com
SMP-4050
Schlumberger
December 2001
15/100 ft rotating
GR = 12 ft [3.7 m] and survey = 15 ft [4.5 m] from the bottom of the collar
IMPulse Services
IMPulse Services
IMPulse comprises both the MWD and resistivity components of the VISION475* system.
It was designed to meet the measurement
demands of the slim hole market where formation evaluation is needed in real time. The
standard tool provides survey, gamma ray
and resistivity measurements for hole sizes
534-in. and larger. The measured data is transmitted at rates up to six bits per second with
a state-of-the-art telemetry system to set
industry standards.
The IMPulse direction and inclination
package is only 11.3 ft from the base of the
tool. The tool provides continuous direction
and inclination data while drilling. Surveying
quality control is memorized in the tool,
checked downhole and transmitted in the
quickest possible mode.
For precise directional control, AIM At-bit
Inclination Measurements are transmitted via
inductive telemetry around the PowerPak
motor to a receiving antenna located on
IMPulse. The data provides instantaneous
information for absolute control of well
trajectory and bit direction.
The IMPulse tool measures formation

resistivities at multiple depths of investigation using an electromagnetic antenna array
of five transmitters and two receivers. The
receivers are strategically placed above and
below the transmitters to achieve true borehole compensated formation resistivity. The
technology is capable of measuring formation resistivities up to 3000 ohm with dielectric processing above 200 ohms. Refer to
VISION Resistivity section for further details
on resistivity benefits.
IMPulse is combinable with the VISION
Pressure While Drilling (VPWD) sub. VPWD
provides internal and annular pressure as
well as battery power which is used to obtain
logging data while tripping out of the hole.
The tool is also combinable with the VISION
density neutron tool for complete formation
evaluation services in real time.
IMPulse integrates zero-gap modulation techniques with multidepth 2-MHz resistivity measurements to meet the demands
of directional drilling requirements of 4 3 4-in. BHA.
Multi-depth Resistivity Measurements

60
Depth of Investigation (in.)
Features and Benefits

Continuous D&I measurements save rig time
and minimize doglegs
World record transmission depths (35,763 ft)
Data transmission rate
up to six bits per second
Downhole power generation with mud turbine
High tolerance to
LCM 50 lb/bbl medium
nut plug
Compact, integrated
design with sensors
close to the bit
Real time, borehole
compensated resistivities in all mud types.
Up to 20 depths of
investigation depending
on resistivity range
Azimuthal scintillation
gamma ray sensor
Standard temperature
rating to 300F (150C)
upgradeable to 350F
(175C)
Standard pressure
rating to 20 kpsi with
a 25 kpsi option
Combinable with other
tools (VISION475, AIM,
VPWD)
Rad-34
50
Rad-28
40
Rad-22
Rad-16
Rad-10
30
Rps-34
Rps-28
Rps-22
20
10
Rps-16
Rps-10
0
1
10
Resistivity (ohm-m)
100
Technical Data Sheet
6 3/4" OnTrak MWD

TM
The OnTrak MWD system is the latest generation in MWD and

FEMWD technology. This fully integrated system offers a full
suite of directional control, formation evaluation services along
with pressure and dynamics monitoring in the shortest possible
BHA. The integrated design provides increased reliability, fewer
connections to deal with at the rig site and optimizes sensor to bit
spacing to compliment directional control with critical real-time
data collection. The base system is comprised of an OnTrak Bidirectional Communication and Power Module (BCPM) and an
OnTrak sensor sub. The OnTrak BCPM unit provides realtime positive mud pulse telemetry, system power and regulation
and downlink capability. The OnTrak sensor sub provides
central processor capability, data memory, directional
measurement control, temperature, bore and annular pressure,
azimuthal gamma, Vibration, Stick-Slip and Multiple Propagation
Resistivity. The OnTrak system is also integral to the latest
generation AutoTrak Rotary Closed Loop system and supports
high end Formation Evaluation services.
6 3/4" OnTrakTM MWD
10.5ft
(3.2m)
Service Benefits
n
Shorter integrated BHA
Closer sensor to bit spacing
Increased reliability
Integrated sensor packaging

- Directional sensor
- Multiple Propagation Resistivity
- Azimuthal Gamma Ray
- Bore, Annular and Flow Off Pressure
- Vibration, Stick-Slip monitoring
Two way communication

- Optimal real-time data transmission
- Variable MWD data rate
- Conditional Telemetry
Optional service offerings

- Advantage Porosity Logging Service
- Acoustic Properties Explorer
- CoPilot Diagnostic Dynamics and Pressure
- AutoTrak Rotary Closed Loop System
Bi-Directional
Communication
and Power Module
Directional Sensor
Vibration, Stick-Slip
Sensor Sub
30.8ft
(9.4m)
17.1ft
(5.2m)
Resistivity
7.9ft
(2.4m)
Gamma Ray
Pressure
2.9ft
(0.9m)
2002 Baker Hughes Incorporated. All rights reserved. OTK-20-60-0675-00-01
3.9ft
(1.2m)
13.8ft
(4.2m)
6 3/4" OnTrakTM MWD

General Tool Specifications
Borehole Size:
Nominal Tool OD:
Length:
Weight:
Connections:
Sensor Specifications (continuation)

8 3/8" - 9 7/8"
6 3/4"
30.8 ft (9.4 m)
3,660 lbs (1,660 kg)
Up:
NC50 Box
Down:
NC50 Pin
Multiple Propagation Resistivity

Distance from bottom of tool:
2 MHz Resistivity
Phase Difference:
7.9 ft (2.4 m)
Range: 0.1 - 3,000 ohm-m Accuracy:
0.85 % (0.1 - 50 ohm-m)
0.4 mmho/m (>50 ohm-m)
Range: 0.1 - 500 ohm-m Accuracy:
1.75 % (0.1 - 25 ohm-m)
0.85 mmho/m (>25 ohm-m)
8" (20 cm) for 90 % response in conductive beds
Attenuation:
Operating Specifications and Limits

Flow Rate Standard:
Flow Rate Low Flow:
Flow Rate High Flow:
Turbines for higher and lower flow ranges
available on request
Maximum Compressive Load:
Maximum Tool Rotation:
Maximum Drilling Torque (at the Bit):
Maximum Torque to Failure:
Maximum Overpull (w/o Rotation):
(Continuied Operation)
Maximum Overpull to Failure (w/o Rotation):
Maximum Temperature
Operating:
Survival:
Maximum Hydrostatic Pressure:
Maximum Bit Pressure Drop:
Sand Content:
Maximum LCM:
Maximum DLS for Tool Passage:
Maximum RPM Variation:

Maximum Axial & Lateral Vibration:
370 (460*) - 660 GPM

1,400 (1,750*) - 2,500 l/min
265 (330*) - 450 GPM
1,000 (1,250*) - 1,700 l/min
500 (630*) - 900 GPM
1,900 (2,400*) - 3,400 l/min
(*) - min. flow rate for Downlink Operation
560,000 lbs / 2,500 kN
400 rpm
23,600 ft-lbs / 32 kNm
48,000 ft-lbs / 65 kNm
560,000 lbs / 2,500 kN
1,160,000 lbs / 5,170 kN
302 F (150 C)
350 F (175 C)
25,000 psi (1,720 bar)
No Limitation
1 % max. volume, acc. to API 13B
(<0.5 % recommended)
40 ppb = 114 kg/m Fine nutplug (higher
concentration can be run upon request)
Standard BHA w/DC
With Rotation:
10/100ft
Without Rotation:
16/100ft
Flexible BHA w/CSDP
With Rotation:
15/100ft
Without Rotation:
25/100ft
80 % Maximum deviation from Operating RPM
(e.g. 100 RPM: Operating Range=20-180)
5 g RMS (1 - 250 Hz; 1 sec integration) or
equivalently 45 g peak (0.025 sec shock pulse
duration)
(from recorded memory or as flagged by
corresponding real-time severity level)
Sensor Specifications
Azimuthal Gamma Ray
Sensor Type:
Measurement:
Range:
Accuracy:
3.9 ft (1.2 m)
Scintillation (x2)
API GR
0 - 250 API
2.5 API @ 100 API and
ROP = 60 ft/hr (18.3 m/hr)
6" (15.3 cm)
400 kHz Resistivity
Phase Difference:
Range: 0.1 - 1,000 ohm-m Accuracy:

0.85 % (0.1 - 25 ohm-m)
Range: 0.1 - 200 ohm-m Accuracy:
4 % (0.1 - 10 ohm-m)
12" (30 cm) for 90 % response in conductive beds
Attenuation:
Pressure (Annular, Bore & Flow Off Pressure)
Range:
Accuracy:
Resolution:
Directional
Sensor Type:
2.9 ft (0.9 m)
0 - 25,000 psi
0.25 % of full scale
5 psi
13.8 ft (4.2 m)
Tri-axial Accelerometer
Tri-axial Flux Gate
Operator selectable (default: 3)
Resolution
Accuracy1
0.09
0.1
0.35
1.0
MTF/GTF switching:
Measurement
Range
Inclination
0 - 180
Azimuth2,3
0 - 360
Toolface
Magnetic2
0 - 360
Gravity3
0 - 360
Total Magnetic Field
0 - 100,000 nT
Dip Angle2
-90 - 90
Vibration
Vibration
Sensor
Axial Vibration:
Type
Lateral Vibration:
Acceleration Range:
Frequency Range:
Realtime log options:
1.4
1.4
35
0.04
13.8 ft (4.2 m)
One Accelerometer, z direction

Two Accelerometers, x-y direction
0 - 15 g
0 - 82 Hz
Lateral and Axial vibration; transmitted as
severity level (scaled to g-RMS)
Average & Max. lateral and axial vibration in
g-RMS and as severity level
Post Run / Memory log options:

Rotation & Stick-Slip
Sensor Type:
Rotation Speed:
Realtime log options:
Two Axis Magnetometer

0 - 1,000 RPM (1 % Accuracy)
Downhole RPM, Stick-Slip transmitted as severity
level
Min., Max., & Average RPM, Stick-Slip &
Backward Rotation severity
Post Run / Memory log options:

1
3
All Sensor accuracies are 2 Sigma confidence

Accuracy applies to inclinations greater than 5.0
1.5
1.5
100
0.2
For a typical magnetic field value at 30 latitude
Headquarters Baker Hughes INTEQ 2001 Rankin Road Houston, Texas 77073 713-625-4200 www.bakerhughes .com
2002 Baker Hughes Incorporated. All rights reserved. Although the information contained herein is believed to be accurate, no other representations are made concerning the information. Under no circumstances shall Baker Hughes INTEQ be
liable for any incorrect or incomplete information. All technical specifications and commercial information concerning the products and/or services described herein may be changed at any time without further notice.
Overview
APLS Elite
Baker Hughes INTEQ's APLSElite service provides the industry's most accurate
nuclear measurements and formation density images. Real-time azimuthally
sectored bulk density and neutron porosity measurements are delivered in a suite
designed for integration within rotary steerable drilling systems such as
AutoTrak.
The combined suite of neutron porosity and density instruments is available for a
wide variety of borehole sizes. Standard suites of 4", 6" and 8" subs are
available with a selection of fluid displacers designed to accommodate
intermediate bit sizes. The service has been further enhanced by the addition of
the APLS8SElite fleet of subs designed specifically for use in 10 5/8" boreholes.
Four basic petrophysical measurements are made by the suite:
Fully-compensated formation bulk density and high-resolution density

image
Photoelectric cross section
Acoustic borehole caliper
Neutron porosity
High Quality Bulk Density

The measurement section of the density sub has been specifically designed to minimize detector standoff and thus provide accurate
bulk density values. This, together with proprietary techniques - "managed standoff" and "standoff binning", ensures minimum
compensation is required for mud effects. This results in a highly accurate density measurement and a broad operating environment.
Density accuracy and precision are further enhanced through the use of larger NaI crystals for both detectors.
High-Resolution Formation Density Image
Having established a high-accuracy, robust density measurement, APLSElite also delivers the industry's highest resolution density
images. The addition of a magnetometer within the density sub enables azimuthal sectoring of data from 360 around the borehole.
Four quadrant densities can be transmitted for real-time wellbore orientation applications with a 8-sector azimuthally oriented image
stored in memory allowing for high-confidence structural analysis.
Accurate Borehole Caliper Measurement
True borehole diameter determination is achieved through the use of acoustic standoff modules. Each sensor (ASO) records the
acoustic travel time from the sensor to the borehole/formation interface and then back to the sensor. Travel time is converted to
distance with the input of mud properties and borehole caliper is derived from the average value of the sensors. With minimized
standoff inherent throughout the APLSElite design, the acoustic caliper is optimized specifically for operation in even the most
challenging acoustic environments.
Neutron Porosity
A compensated neutron porosity measurement is made using two advanced lithium6 scintillation detectors in a near and far
arrangement. These detectors are highly-efficient, deliver superior statistical precision and are reliable under temperature, shock and
vibration. Subwall mounting for both the source and detectors ensures the measurement configuration is positioned close to the
borehole wall, thus reducing borehole effects and minimizes the corrections required. The neutron porosity sub can also use the
acoustic caliper measurement made by the density sub to further refine the borehole corrections.
Seamless Bottom Hole Assemblies
The design of the APLSElite fleet of subs has resulted in improved response, reliability and resistance to wear providing the industry's
most accurate nuclear measurements in a wide range of borehole sizes. This design enables the nuclear suite to be combined with the
AutoTrakG3 BHA as well as being fully combinable with additional advanced formation evaluation services including APX and
TestTrak.
Features & Benefits
APLS Elite
Suites are available for a wide range of borehole sizes:
APLS4Elite - 5 7/8" to 6"

APLS6Elite - 8" to 10"
APLS8Elite - 12"
APLS8SElite - designed specifically for 10 5/8" boreholes
Increased reliability through improved sub wear characteristics:
Suite of tools are designed for integration within the rotary steerable platform
Design of the density sub eliminates wear around the area responsible for taking the measurements - the "managed standoff"
technique
High-quality density measurement:
Fully-compensated formation bulk density and photoelectric cross section data

"Standoff binning" acquires and stores density data according to the tool standoff measurement
Weighting algorithm calculates the optimum bulk density without relying on low side orientation
Proprietary binning method permits good quality density data in a wide range of borehole sizes
Real-time azimuthal imaging
Magnetometer package enables density counts to be divided into 8 azimuthal sectors

Azimuthally oriented image is stored in memory for high-confidence structural analysis
Quadrant data can be transmitted real-time for active geosteering applications
Accurate borehole caliper measurements:
Acoustic standoff sensors provide caliper measurement to determine accurate borehole size
Caliper measurement enables improved neutron porosity borehole corrections, real-time evaluation of borehole conditions
and cement volume estimates
Fully-characterized, compensated neutron porosity
Comprehensive environmental characterization ensures the industry's most accurate porosity measurements
Highly-efficient, ruggedized Li6 detectors deliver superior statistical precision
Overview
Acoustic Properties
eXplorer (APX)
Baker Hughes INTEQs Acoustic Properties eXplorer (APXSM) LWD tool adds
advanced acoustic logging technology to the existing range of FEWD tools.
Unlike other LWD sonic tools, it provides reliable and accurate measurement of
formation compressional and shear slowness in fast and slow formations alike,
based on its unique quadrupole technology. Offering the same modular connectivity, the APXSM can be run in any position in the
BHA and with all service levels, ranging from Modular Directional to the latest Triple Combo systems, comprising of resistivity,
density, and neutron porosity tools. This allows the optimum BHA configuration for any given real-time or post-well application to be
chosen.
Real-time applications of this technology include:
Pressure Management for avoidance of kicks or inadvertent hydrofracs

Seismic Time-Depth Tie-In
Pore Pressure Prediction
Reservoir Navigation
Formation Strength for wellbore stability and sanding potential
Post-well applications of this technology include:
Update of seismic and geological model

Seismic AVO (Amplitude vs Offset) analysis for reservoir fluid typing
Rock Mechanics Studies for completion decisions, frac treatment, etc.
Petrophysical attribute mapping
Detailed petrophysical volumetric analysis
The APXSM design is based on the experience gained with acoustic array tools in the wireline environment. It combines a high-power
broadband acoustic source and a six level receiver array (four receivers each) with a sophisticated downhole data acquisition and realtime processing system. Both the source and the receiver array employ an omni-directional design to optimize the S/N ratio and to
eliminate the effect of tool decentralization. Furthermore, the source can be driven in monopole, dipole and quadrupole mode to
ensure that reliable compressional and shear slowness values are obtained in fast and slow formation alike.
The transmitter (source) is activated (fired) to emit an acoustic energy burst at the desired frequency and mode into the formation
around the borehole. The velocity of the waves thus created (compressional and shear) is affected directly by the physical
characteristics of the formation drilled. Each of the twenty-four receivers measures and records the entire wavetrain as the energy
passes along the borehole wall adjacent to the tool. The long transmitter to receiver offset of the APX ensures that the signals recorded
are related to the formation, even in boreholes enlarged due to washouts or breakouts.
Several processing steps are then performed to arrive at a real-time slowness value that can be pulsed up-hole. These steps include
digitization of the individual wavetrains, stacking (to improve the S/N ratio even further), removal of decentralization effects, and
sophisticated real-time semblance processing of the resulting waveforms, which yields a slowness and a semblance value (QC
indicator). The raw or pre-processed acoustic waveform data is stored in the tools dedicated high-capacity memory for post-job down
loading and further processing and analysis.
Post processing of the waveform data and further interpretation is accomplished at Baker Atlas GeoScience centers.
APX is fully compatible with the AutoTrak Rotary Closed Loop System combining to deliver the industry's most effective and
versatile drilling and evaluation service.
The specific applications that APX addresses, either in real-time or post-well, are:
1.
3.
4.
Pore Pressure Prediction Based on the provision of real-time acoustic slowness, the pore pressure of the formations being
drilled can be evaluated early, avoiding costly (and dangerous) kicks and allowing the mud weight to be optimized to reduce
potential formation damage. The evaluation of pore pressure trends also aids in selecting casing depths. To-date,
compressional slowness has primarily been used for this application. With the imminent introduction of real-time shear
slowness, an additional source of information will be available, which is less prone to pore fluid effects.
2. Seismic Data Analysis - Compressional slowness is utilized for calibrating surface seismic, which is time related, to depth.
This can be done in real-time or post-well, depending on requirements. It can be further enhanced with the provision of
synthetic seismograms for verification purposes. Reservoir Navigation can also be enhanced based on the updated seismic
and geological models. Fluid Typing using AVO techniques (Amplitude vs Offset) together with the measured formation
shear velocity are invaluable in many complex reservoirs.
Petrophysical Analysis - Compressional velocities can be processed to provide the Geologist with an acoustic derived
porosity. Acoustic porosity can be more suitable to environments where the density measurement is difficult to acquire (bad hole) or
where environmental concerns warrant that nuclear devices cannot be run. Within this same application is the ability to identify
lithology with the acoustic measurement as an input. Shear slowness can also be used to derive a formation porosity free from fluid
effects. Furthermore, the relationship between shear and compressional slowness can be used as a light hydrocarbon indicator (ALHI).
Rock Mechanics Compressional and shear slowness, combined with rock bulk density measurements, provide valuable
information with respect to formation strength, frac gradient, sanding potential and other parameters directly affecting wellbore
stability, completion design and potential formation damage (skin), which all ultimately impact formation producibility.
Features & Benefits
Acoustic Properties
eXplorer (APX)
Acoustic Properties eXplorer (APX)
Unique Features - 6 - 3/4"
Acoustic Source (Transmitter)
Truly cylindrical source design

Truly omni-directional (Monopole Mode)
High Output Power for long transmitter to receiver off-set and improved S/N
Segmented for multipole modes of excitation
Isolator Design Features

Intricate mechanical design over 8 ft of collar to ensure effective monopole attenuation without compromising BHA strength and
drilling performance. Attenuation exceeds 40dB. This design provides the basis for reliable compressional formation arrivals
exhibiting very little to no tool mode.
Receiver Array Design
The APX six-level receiver array is omni-directional, with four receivers arranged at 90 degree offset to each other per level. This
allows the four measurements at each station to be combined to virtually eliminate the effect of tool decentralization on the measured
slowness, regardless of the RPM of the BHA. This is of particular benefit in the case of RCLS drilling with its associated increased
BHA rotations.
Three accelerometers are mounted on the collar to measure drilling related noise to help in reducing the effects utilizing unique
adaptive filtering techniques.
The receiver elements are placed in stand-alone modules, compensated for pressure.The flat-pack piezo crystals in this tool are the
same as those used in the wireline XMAC line of advanced multipole array acoustic sondes. They are built from the same lcrystal
material, matched before delivery and exhibit excellent Z-axis decoupling characteristics.
The APX tool provides a large degree of data redundancy through its total of 24 receivers. In practice to-date, however, this
redundancy was never tested due to the tools excellent reliability.
Features
Segmented, omni-directional high-power source for monopole, dipole and quadrupole modes of operation
Extended transmitter-to-receiver offset
6x4 omni-directional receiver array with 9" spacing
Vertical resolution of 2 3 ft, depending on ROP
Compressional slowness provided in real-time, quadrupole shear slowness from post-processing
384 Mb of memory
o Raw waveform data storage for post-processing
o Data downloaded in less than 12 minutes
Advanced down-hole semblance processing yields slowness and semblance values for QC purposes
Service Benefits
True formation shear slowness in fast and slow formations

Reliable compressional slowness in all formations
Absence of tool mode with quadrupole excitation

Increased depth of investigation for logging in enlarged diameter boreholes
Superior signal-to-noise ratio
Measurements not affected by tool position in borehole
Built-in redundancies
Modular Design
Value
"Real-Time" Acoustics Sells Value
Seismic Depth/Time Tie saves on drilling time - With continuous acoustic and density formation evaluation measurements provided
at the surface in real-time, petrophysicists and geophysicists can generate synthetic seismograms for on the spot depth to time
correlation of the pre-drill seismic section to the depth the BHA is in the well. This knowledge translates into much more efficient
drilling and casing point planning for the operator.
Pressure Management - The inputs from the acoustic service and other formation evaluation services can be utilized to evaluate rock
strength and for updating pre-drill models that attempt to isolate over or under pressured sands and shales. With this real-time
knowledge and accurate updating of the Pore Pressure model, the operator can isolate the trouble area effectively and hence, save
millions in mud programs, side tracks and potential blowout scenarios. The full range of Pressure Management Services also helps
avoid an inadvertent frac of the formation, reduces formation damage and thereby ensures optimum producibility.
Rock Mechanics Evaluation for Detecting Hazards Compressional and shear velocities from the APX can be combined with
other FE measurements to evaluate the mechanical strength of the formations drilled, which affects wellbore stability, formation frac
gradient, sanding potential, perforation orientation and other completion decisions that directly impact the wells production potential.
Wireline Replacement - For many exploration and advanced development projects, the daily rig and operating costs are high for
completing a drilling program. As formation evaluation while drilling services become more reliable and accurate, the operator can
save valuable rig time by replacing the wireline runs with "while drilling" logging runs. Additional value is realized when the drilling
program calls for petrophysical measurements in highly deviated and horizontal well trajectories. In this scenario, the wireline concept
becomes very difficult and costly, hence, making a case for LWD measurements. Last, but not least, LWD can be a beneficial plan for
the operator in areas where drilling is difficult with borehole instability. These types of wells have historically been very time
consuming and costly in getting wireline logs to bottom, regardless of whether they are vertical or deviated. In most of these cases,
LWD logging becomes very beneficial.
BAT (Bi-modal AcousTic) LWD Sonic Tool (Data Sheet)
Page 1 of 3
BAT (Bi-modal AcousTic) LWD Sonic Tool

Dual Transmitters, Dual Receiver Arrays, and Dual Frequency Operat
Superior Reliability and Measurement Quality
The BAT tool from Sperry-Sun is the industry's first LWD (logging-while-drilling) sonic too
compressional and shear slowness (Dt) logs in both fast and slow formations.
An integral part of Sperry-Sun's Stellar MWD/LWD suite, the BAT tool comprises two rad
dual-frequency transmitters and fourteen receivers, arranged in two radially opposed, seven
The transmitters operate at two different frequencies and can be fired in an out-of-phase, p
The higher frequency 12- to 15-kHz firing generates strong refracted shear and compression
the lower frequency of 6- to 8-kHz pseudo-dipole firing enhances the slow shear measureme
formation shear velocity is slower than the borehole fluid velocity.
The BAT tool design employs special attenuation and transducer isolation techniques to el
tool mode without sacrificing drill collar strength. The larger receiver arrays provide a super
ratio and allow "noisy" receivers to be eliminated during processing without degrading the m
six-inch spacing between receivers facilitates enhanced-resolution processing using subsets
Even in high-angle and horizontal wells, where wireline logging can be expensive and proble
tool reliably delivers accurate sonic log data.
With the BAT sensor, wireline-quality measurements are obtained while drilling, before bo
alteration. Running an LWD quad combo with the BAT tool can save you rig time while del
data quality.
The dual-transmitter, dual-frequency, and dual-receiver array configuration provides measu
for the superior reliability you have come to expect from Sperry-Sun.
BAT Tool Applications

Petrophysical applications:
z
z
z
z
Porosity determination
Formation mechanical properties
Gas detection from Vp/Vs ratio
Complex lithology and porosity
determination (in combination with
Sperry-Sun's LWD neutron porosity and
spectral density measurements)
Drilling applications:
z
Pore pressure determination
http://is.myhalliburton.com/contents/default/main/myhalliburton/customer_content/ss/... 09/02/2005
z
z
Page 2 of 3
Rock strength calculations and bit wear predictions

Borehole stability analysis
Geophysical applications:
z
z
z
Time-to-depth seismic correlation while drilling

Real-time synthetic seismograms
AVO analysis
BAT Tool Features

z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
Two radially opposed, dual-frequency transmitters with programmable firing control

capability
Two radially opposed, seven-receiver arrays with six-inch inter-receiver spacing
Dual, opposed transmitters and receivers allow for accurate measurements even whe
on the side of the wellbore
Compressional (Dtc) and shear (Dts) travel time measurements in both fast and slow
Tool design that virtually eliminates the tool mode arrival
Full waveform memory storage (256 MB)
Two powerful digital signal processors for fast downhole calculation and transmission
compressional Dt
High-speed surface retrieval of recorded data
Collar strength that exceeds standard API connection
2/9/2005
Send questions or comments about this site to Halliburton Service Center

or
call U.S. (877) 263-6071 or outside U.S. (281) 983-4900.
Copyright 2005 Halliburton. All Rights Reserved.
Terms and Conditions
Privacy
Page 3 of 3
Sperry Drilling Services
M5 Integrated LWD Service

Formation Evaluation and Drilling Optimization in One Compact Collar
The Sperry M5 Integrated Logging While Drilling Service

provides both formation evaluation answers from new
resistivity and azimuthal gamma ray sensors as well as
drilling optimization answers from vibration and pressure
sensors. These new fully digital sensors are bundled together
in one short, integrated collar, reducing the number of
connections and yielding a significantly more reliable
design. The service includes the totally new third generation
EWR-M5 Resistivity sensor, from the company that first
introduced the 2 MHz LWD resistivity sensor to the industry.
The M5 service includes the following sensors:
EWR-M5 Resistivity
Azimuthal Gamma Ray
Mud Resistivity & Temperature
Dynamic Motion Sensor
The Dynamic Motion sensor incorporates next generation

tri-axial accelerometers, magnetometers for accurate stickslip measurement, and increased memory for high
resolution event recording and frequency analysis.
The Pressure While Drilling sensor measures internal and
annular pressures. Pressure data is critical in tight pressure
margin wells and provides critical information for
monitoring and managing hole conditions. Differential
pressure measurements allow steerable motor performance
to be optimized. Leakoff tests and FIT results can be
recorded in detail and pulsed up using the Replay service.
These sensors have been packaged together in one short
collar (23.6 ft.), which reduces handling time and makes it
easier to transport. Tool downloads are also faster thanks to
a new high speed communications link 90 times faster
than the previous generation system. The M5 system also
captures more measurements due to increased memory
capacity and has a battery life of almost 5 times the previous
generation, useful for extremely long runs.
The EWR-M5 Resistivity sensor measures resistivity using
three frequencies (2 MHz, 500 kHz, 250 kHz) and five
compensated spacings. This provides very deep resistivities for
bed boundary detection while geosteering as well as a greater
number of resistivity measurements to cover the broadest
range of applications. With both phase shift and attenuation
measurements, the EWR-M5 sensor provides 30 unique
compensated resistivity measurements. These curves have
been characterized for depth of investigation and are utilized
to generate an accurate interpretation of Rxo and Rt.
The Azimuthal Gamma Ray (AGR) sensor measures the
natural gamma ray activity of the formation. This helps
distinguish between reservoir and non-reservoir rocks. As
the AGR sensor is located only 1.8 feet from the bottom of
the tool, readings are less affected by formation invasion and
therefore more accurate.
With imaging capability and near-bit positioning, the AGR
sensor is ideal for most geosteering and casing point
determination applications.
The Mud Resistivity and Temperature sensors provide the
inputs to make real time environmental corrections for
other sensor measurements.*
Drilling Optimization
The Dynamic Motion sensor measures vibration, shock,
and torsion (RPM fluctuation). A proactive approach to
mitigating these dynamics increases rate of penetration,
improves reliability, extends bit life, and reduces risk.
*Mud temperature sensor available on 8 and 9.5 tools
M5 Service Benefits
Sensors are closer to the bit, helping to reduce reaction
time, reduce the effects of borehole invasion and improve
the quality of the measurement
Five compensated resistivity spacings at three frequencies,
measuring both phase and amplitude, provide 30
measurements to cover the widest possible range of
formations and provide input to advanced petrophysical analyses
Azimuthal Gamma Ray readings produce borehole images
for indicating dip and approaching bed boundaries
Data is relayed at higher speeds so decisions can be made
more quickly, in real-time
Mud weight can be optimized for managed pressure drilling
(MPD) and management of ECD for maximum ROP
Critical pressure event response time is reduced through
real time PWD
Hole cleaning exercises can be done on an as-needed
basis, not according to arbitrary schedules
Formation damage and mud losses due to swab/surge
are reduced
Rig down time associated with wireline logging
can be eliminated
Ideal for geosteering with its deep reading capabilities
HALLIBURTON
M5 Integrated LWD Service Tool Specifications

Nominal tool OD
6-3/4 in / 171.5 mm
8 in / 203.2 mm
9-1/2 in / 241.3 mm
Max OD
7-3/8 in / 187.3 mm
8-1/4 in / 209.6 mm
9-3/4 in / 247.7 mm
1.92 in / 48.8 mm
2.38 in / 60.5 mm
2.38 in / 60.5 mm
Nominal tool ID
Length
Connections
Make-up torque range
Max Dogleg severity
Sliding
Rotating
23.61 ft / 7.20 m
25.34 ft / 7.72 m
25.42 ft / 7.75 m
NC50 (4-1/2 IF)

Box x Box
6-5/8 REG
Box x Box
7-5/8 REG
Box x Box
30,000 - 33,000 ft-lbs

40.7 - 44.7 kNm
53,000 - 58,000 ft-lbs

71.8 - 78.6 kNm
89,000 - 91,000 ft-lbs

120.6 - 123.3 kNm
21/100 ft (21/30 m)
10/100 ft (10/30 m)
14/100 ft (14/30 m)
8/100 ft (8/30 m)
14/100 ft (14/30 m)
8/100 ft (8/30 m)
Max Temperature
Operating
Survival
25,000 psi / 1,723 bar

20,000 lbm/min
20,000 lbm/min
10,000 lbm/min
Max Sand Content
1%
EWR-M5
Lateral Vibration
10 minutes at a Peak Shock Level of 90g
Axial Vibration
10 minutes at a Peak Shock Level of 40g
Accuracy / Resolution
Measurement Range
Mud
Resistivity &
Temperature
302F / 150C
329F / 165C
Max Pressure
Max Mass Flow Rate
High Speed
Comms Port
For 48 inch, 2 MHz reading at resistivities < 2000 Ohm-m Phase Res: 1%
For 48 inch, 2 MHz reading at resistivities < 1000 Ohm-m Attenuation Res: 2%
0.05 Ohm-m - 2000 Ohm-m
Measure Points (from bottom of tool)

1.18 ft / 0.36 m
1.14 ft / 0.35 m
1.18 ft / 0.36 m
AGR Sensor
1.82 ft / 0.55 m
1.85 ft / 0.56 m
1.89 ft / 0.58 m
Dyn. Motion Sensor
3.79 ft / 1.16 m
3.69 ft / 1.13 m
3.73 ft / 1.14 m
EWR-M5 Sensor
9.95 ft / 3.03 m
11.02 ft / 3.36 m
11.06 ft / 3.37 m
13.62 ft / 4.15 m
14.59 ft / 4.45 m
14.63 ft / 4.46 m
Mud Temperature
N / A
15.00 ft / 4.57 m
15.04 ft / 4.58 m
Battery Capacity
96 Amp-hours
Rm Sensor
Memory Capacity
90 Amp-hours
40 MBytes
Dynamic
Motion
Sensor
Azimuthal
Gamma Ray
Pressure
While
Drilling
HAL18707
For more information, contact us at

sperry@halliburton.com
The fully compensated geometry of the EWR-M5 insures accurate resistivity

readings with minimal borehole influence.
www.halliburton.com
H05237-A4 02/07
2007 Halliburton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
Sales of Halliburton products and services will

be in accord solely with the terms and conditions
contained in the contract between Halliburton and
the customer that is applicable to the sale.
HAL18706
PWD Sensor
General
Symbols Used in Log Interpretation
Gen-1
(former Gen-3)
Gen
Resistivity of the zone
Resistivity of the water in the zone
Water saturation in the zone
Mud
Rm
Adjacent bed
Rs
hmc
Rmc
Uninvaded
zone
Flushed
zone
dh
(Bed
thickness)
Mudcake
Rx o
Rt
Zone of
transition
or
annulus
Rw
Ri
Sw
Rmf
Sx o
Rs
di
dj
Adjacent bed
(Invasion diameters)
rj
dh
Hole
diameter
Schlumberger
Purpose
This diagram presents the symbols and their descriptions and relations as used in the charts. See Appendixes D and E for identification of the symbols.
Description
The wellbore is shown traversing adjacent beds above and below the
zone of interest. The symbols and descriptions provide a graphical
representation of the location of the various symbols within the wellbore and formations.
General
Estimation of Formation Temperature with Depth
Gen-2
(former Gen-6)
Gen
Temperature gradient conversions: 1F/100 ft = 1.823C/100 m
1C/100 m = 0.5486F/100 ft
Annual mean
surface temperature
27
16
Temperature (C)
50
75
25
50
100
75
125
100
150
175
125
150
175
1
5
2
B
0.6
10
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4 1.6F/100 ft
Geothermal gradient
Depth
(thousands
of feet)
1.09
1.46
1.82
2.19
2.55 2.92C/100 m
15
5
Depth
(thousands
of meters)
20
7
25
8
80
60
100
150
100
Annual mean
surface temperature
200
150
250
200
300
250
350
300
350
Temperature (F)
Schlumberger
General
Equivalent NaCl Salinity of Salts
Gen-4
(former Gen-8)
Gen
2.0
Li (2.5)
OH (5.5)
2.0
NH4 (1.9)
Mg
1.5
K
Ca
1.0
CO3
Na and CI (1.0)
1.0
K
Multiplier
SO4
0.5
NO3 (0.55)
Br (0.44)
Ca
CO3
HCO3
SO4
I (0.28)
HCO3
Mg
0.5
10
20
50
100
200
500
1,000 2,000
5,000 10,000 20,000
50,000 100,000
300,000
Total solids concentration (ppm or mg/kg)
Multipliers that do not vary appreciably for low concentrations
(less than about 10,000 ppm) are shown at the left margin of the chart
Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to approximate the parts-per-million (ppm) concentration of a sodium chloride (NaCl) solution for which the total
solids concentration of the solution is known. Once the equivalent
concentration of the solution is known, the resistivity of the solution
for a given temperature can be estimated with Chart Gen-6.
Description
The x-axis of the semilog chart is scaled in total solids concentration
and the y-axis is the weighting multiplier. The curve set represents
the various multipliers for the solids typically in formation water.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Formation water sample with solids concentrations

of calcium (Ca) = 460 ppm, sulfate (SO4) = 1,400 ppm,
and Na plus Cl = 19,000 ppm. Total solids concentration
= 460 + 1,400 + 19,000 = 20,860 ppm.
Equivalent NaCl solution in ppm.
Enter the x-axis at 20,860 ppm and read the multiplier
value for each of the solids curves from the y-axis:
Ca = 0.81, SO4 = 0.45, and NaCl = 1.0. Multiply each
concentration by its multiplier:
(460 0.81) + (1,400 0.45) + (19,000 1.0) = 20,000 ppm.
General
Resistivity of NaCl Water Solutions
Gen-6
(former Gen-9)
Gen
Conversion approximated by R2 = R1 [(T1 + 6.77)/(T2 + 6.77)]F or R2 = R1 [(T1 + 21.5)/(T2 + 21.5)]C
10
8
6
5
ppm
grains/gal
at 75F
200
10
300
15
400
20
25
30
500
600
700
800
1,0
00
1,2
00
1,4
00
1,7
00
2,0
00
50
3,0
00
4,0
00
5,0
00
6,0
00
7,0
00
8,0
00
10,
00
12, 0
000
14,
000
17,
0
20, 00
000
150
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
Resistivity
of solution
(ohm-m)
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
300
,000
0.01
F 50
C 10
75
20
30
100
40
125
150
200
50 60 70 80 90 100
Temperature
Schlumberger
250
300 350 400
120 140 160 180 200
30,
000
40,
000
50,
000
60,
000
70,
0
80, 00
000
100
,
120 000
140,000
,0
170 00
,
200 000
250,000
,
280 000
,00
0
40
100
200
250
300
400
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
4,000
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
NaCl
concentration
(ppm or
grains/gal)
Gamma Ray and Spontaneous Potential
Schlumberger
Rweq Determination from ESSP
SP-1
Clean formations
This chart and nomograph calculate the equivalent formation water resistivity, R weq, from the static spontaneous
potential, E SSP, measurement in clean formations.
Enter the nomograph with ESSP in mV, turning through
the reservoir temperature in F or C to define the
R mfeq /R weq ratio. From this value, pass through the R mfeq
value to define R weq.
For predominantly NaCl muds, determine R mfeq as
follows:
a. If R mf at 75F (24C) is greater than 0.1 ohm-m,
correct R mf to formation temperature using Chart
Gen-9, and use R mfeq = 0.85 R mf.
Example: SSP = 100 mV at 250F

R mf = 0.70 ohm-m at 100F
or 0.33 ohm-m at 250F
Therefore, R mfeq = 0.85 0.33
= 0.28 ohm-m at 250F
R weq = 0.025 ohm-m at 250F
E SSP = K c log(R mfeq /R weq )
K C = 61 + 0.133 TF
K C = 65 + 0.24 TC
Rweq
(ohm-m)
0.001
SP
b. If R mf at 75F (24C) is less than 0.1 ohm-m, use

Chart SP-2 to derive a value of R mfeq at formation
temperature.
0.005
Rmfeq /Rweq
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.6
0.8
0.8
Rmfeq
(ohm-m)
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.04
0.06
aw /amf or Rmfe /Rwe
0.1
0.05
0.2
5
6
10
10
0.4
0.6
0.1
30
Formation
temperature
40
50
+50
50
F
0
F
50
0
40 0F
C
C
0
30
25 00 C
F
2
00
0
2
15
0C
F
10
100
C
50
0C
20
100
150
ESSP, static spontaneous potential (mV)
200
0.2
4
6
20
10
0.5
20
40
40
60
1.0
100
2.0
Schlumberger
2-5
Spontaneous PotentialWireline
Rweq versus Rw and Formation Temperature
SP-2
(customary, former SP-2)
0.001
500F
400F
300F
0.002
200F
SP
150F
0.005
100F
75F
0.01
Saturation
0.02
Rweq or Rmfeq
(ohm-m)
0.05
0.1
0.2
500F
400
F
0.5
F
75
at
Cl
Na
1.0
2.0
0.005
300
F
200
F
150
F
100
75 F
F
0.01
0.02 0.03
0.05
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.5
1.0
4 5
Rw or Rmf (ohm-m)
Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to convert equivalent water resistivity (Rweq ) from
Chart SP-1 to actual water resistivity (Rw). It can also be used to convert the mud filtrate resistivity (Rmf) to the equivalent mud filtrate
resistivity (Rmfeq ) in saline mud. The metric version of this chart is
Chart SP-3 on page 49.
Description
The solid lines are used for predominantly NaCl waters. The dashed
lines are approximations for average fresh formation waters (for
which the effects of salts other than NaCl become significant).
48
The dashed lines can also be used for gypsum-base mud filtrates.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
From Chart SP-1, Rweq = 0.025 ohm-m at 250F in

predominantly NaCl water.
Rw at 250F.
Enter the chart at the Rweq value on the y-axis and move
horizontally right to intersect the solid 250F line. From
the intersection point, move down to find the Rw value
on the x-axis. Rw = 0.03 ohm-m at 250F.
PorosityWireline, LWD
General
Sonic Tool
Porosity EvaluationOpen Hole
Purpose
This chart is used to convert sonic log slowness time (t) values
into those for porosity ().
Description
There are two sets of curves on the chart. The blue set for matrix
velocity (vma) employs a weighted-average transform. The red set
is based on the empirical observation of lithology (see Reference
20). For both, the saturating fluid is assumed to be water with
a velocity (vf) of 5,300 ft/s (1,615 m/s).
Enter the chart with the slowness time from the sonic log on the
x-axis. Move vertically to intersect the appropriate matrix velocity
or lithology curve and read the porosity value on the y-axis. For rock
mixtures such as limy sandstones or cherty dolomites, intermediate
matrix lines may be interpolated.
To use the weighted-average transform for an unconsolidated sand,
a lack-of-compaction correction (Bcp) must be made. Enter the chart
with the slowness time and intersect the appropriate compaction
correction line to read the porosity on the y-axis. If the compaction
correction is not known, it can be determined by working backward
from a nearby clean water sand for which the porosity is known.
Example: Consolidated Formation

Given:
t = 76 s/ft in a consolidated formation with
vma = 18,000 ft/s.
Find:
Porosity and the formation lithology (sandstone,
dolomite, or limestone).
Answer:
15% porosity and consolidated sandstone.
Example: Unconsolidated Formation
Given:
Unconsolidated formation with t = 100 s/ft in
a nearby water sand with a porosity of 28%.
Find:
Porosity of the formation for t = 110 s/ft.
Answer:
Enter the chart with 100 s/ft on the x-axis and move
vertically upward to intersect 28-p.u. porosity. This
intersection point indicates the correction factor curve
of 1.2. Use the 1.2 correction value to find the porosity for
the other slowness time. The porosity of an unconsolidated formation with t = 110 s/ft is 34 p.u.
Lithology
vma (ft/s)
tma (s/ft)
vma (m/s)
tma (s/m)
Sandstone
Limestone
Dolomite
18,00019,500
21,00023,000
23,00026,000
55.551.3
47.643.5
43.538.5
5,4865,944
6,4007,010
7,0107,925
182168
156143
143126
Por
continued on next page

201
Sonic Tool
Por-1
(customary, former Por-3)
vf = 5,300 ft/s
50
50
Time average
Field observation
1.1
40
40
1.2
1.3
Ca
lci
t
Do
lom
i
te
30
1.4
)
ne
to
s
e
(lim
ne
sto
d
n
sa
tz
r
ua
30
1.5
1.6
Bcp
Porosity,
(p.u.)
Porosity,
(p.u.)
20
20
26
,
23 000
21 ,000
19 ,000
18 ,500
,00
0
vma (ft/s)
10
Por
10
0
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Interval transit time, t (s/ft)
Schlumberger
202
100
110
120
0
130
Sonic Tool
Por-2
(metric, former Por-3m)
vf = 1,615 m/s
50
50
Time average
Field observation
1.1
40
40
1.2
1.3
Do
l
ite
om
30
te
lci
a
C
1.4
e
ton
ds
n
sa
rtz
a
Qu
1.6
Bcp
vma (m/s)
10
0
100
8
7,0 ,000
6
0
5, ,40 0
5,5 950 0
D
00
Ce
C ol
Qu men alci omit
te
e
a rt
t
z s ed q
an
u
ds artz
ton
e sand
sto
ne
Porosity,
(p.u.)
20
30
1.5
Porosity,
(p.u.)
20
10
Por
0
150
200
250
300
350
400
Interval transit time, t (s/m)
Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-1 with metric units.
203
Density Tool
Por-3
Porosity DeterminationOpen Hole
f (g/cm3)
(former Por-5)
1.0 0.9 0.8
ma
ma
ma
=2
= 2 .87
(d
.83
olo
1.2
40
=2
mi
te
= 2 . 71
)
(
ca
.68
lci
=2
te
.6 5
)
(q
ua
rtz
sa
nd
sto
ne
)
1.1
ma
ma
30
Porosity,
(p.u.)
20
ma b
ma f
10
0
2.8
2.6
2.4
Bulk density, b (g/cm )
3
2.31
2.2
2.0
Schlumberger
Por
Purpose
This chart is used to convert grain density (g/cm3) to density porosity.
Description
Values of log-derived bulk density (b) corrected for borehole size,
matrix density of the formation (ma), and fluid density (f) are used
to determine the density porosity (D) of the logged formation. The
f is the density of the fluid saturating the rock immediately surrounding the boreholeusually mud filtrate.
Enter the borehole-corrected value of b on the x-axis and move
vertically to intersect the appropriate matrix density curve. From the
intersection point move horizontally to the fluid density line. Follow
the porosity trend line to the porosity scale to read the formation
204
porosity as determined by the density tool. This porosity in combination with CNL* Compensated Neutron Log, sonic, or both values of
porosity can help determine the rock type of the formation.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
b = 2.31 g/cm3 (log reading corrected for borehole

effect), ma = 2.71 g/cm3 (calcite mineral), and
f = 1.1 g/cm3 (salt mud).
Density porosity.
D = 25 p.u.
PorosityWireline
APS* Near-to-Array (APLC) and Near-to-Far (FPLC) Logs

Epithermal Neutron Porosity EquivalenceOpen Hole
Purpose
This chart is used for the apparent limestone porosity recorded by the
APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde or sidewall neutron porosity (SNP)
tool to provide the equivalent porosity in sandstone or dolomite formations. It can also be used to obtain the apparent limestone porosity (used for the various crossplot porosity charts) for a log recorded
in sandstone or dolomite porosity units.
Description
Enter the x-axis with the corrected near-to-array apparent limestone
porosity (APLC) or near-to-far apparent limestone porosity (FPLC)
and move vertically to the appropriate lithology curve. Then read the
equivalent porosity on the y-axis. For APS porosity recorded in sandstone or dolomite porosity units enter that value on the y-axis and
move horizontally to the recorded lithology curve. Then read the
apparent limestone neutron porosity for that point on the x-axis.
The APLC is the epithermal short-spacing apparent limestone
neutron porosity from the near-to-array detectors. The log is automatically corrected for standoff during acquisition. Because it is
epithermal this measurement does not need environmental corrections for temperature or chlorine effect. However, corrections for
mud weight and actual borehole size should be applied (see Chart
Neu-10). The short spacing means that the effect of density and
therefore the lithology on this curve is minimal.
The FPLC is the epithermal long-spacing apparent limestone neutron porosity acquired from the near-to-far detectors. Because it is
epithermal this measurement does not need environmental corrections for temperature or chlorine effect. However, corrections for
mud weight and actual borehole size should be applied (see Chart
Neu-10). The long spacing means that the density and therefore
lithology effect on this curve is pronounced, as seen on Charts Por-13
and Por-14.
The HPLC curve is the high-resolution version of the APLC curve.

The same corrections apply.
Resolution
Short Spacing
Normal
APLC
Epithermal neutron porosity (ENPI)
HPLC
HNPI
Enhanced
Long Spacing
FPLC
HFLC
Not formation-salinity corrected.
Example: Equivalent Porosity

Given:
APLC = 25 p.u. and FPLC = 25 p.u.
Find:
Porosity for sandstone and for dolomite.
Answer:
Sandstone porosity from APLC = 28.5 p.u. and sandstone
porosity from FPLC = 30 p.u.
Dolomite porosity = 24 and 20 p.u., respectively.
Example: Apparent Porosity
Given:
Clean sandstone porosity = 20 p.u.
Find:
Apparent limestone neutron porosity.
Answer:
Enter the y-axis at 20 p.u. and move horizontally to
the quartz sandstone matrix curves. Move vertically
from the points of intersection to the x-axis and read
the apparent limestone neutron porosity values.
APLC = 16.8 p.u. and FPLC = 14.5 p.u.
Por

205
PorosityWireline
APS* Near-to-Array (APLC) and Near-to-Far (FPLC) Logs
Por-4
Epithermal Neutron Porosity EquivalenceOpen Hole
(former Por-13a)
40
APLC
FPLC
SNP
20
Qu
ar
tz
True porosity
for indicated
matrix material,
(p.u.)
sa
nd
sto
ne
30
ite
lc
Ca
)
ne
o
t
es
(lim
ite
lom
o
D
10
0
0
10
20
Apparent limestone neutron porosity, SNPcor (p.u.)

Apparent limestone neutron porosity, APScor (p.u.)
Schlumberger
Por
206
30
40
PorosityWireline
General
Thermal Neutron Tool
Por-5
Porosity EquivalenceOpen Hole
(former Por-13b)
40
Formation salinity
0 ppm
250,000 ppm
TNPH
NPHI
True porosity
for indicated
matrix material,
(p.u.)
Qu
ar
tz
sa
nd
C
sto
ne
30
20
c
al
ite
n
to
es
m
(li
e)
ite
lom
o
D
10
0
0
10
20
30
40
Apparent limestone neutron porosity, CNLcor (p.u.)
Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used to convert CNL* Compensated Neutron Log porosity
curves (TNPH or NPHI) from one lithology to another. It can also be
used to obtain the apparent limestone porosity (used for the various
crossplot porosity charts) from a log recorded in sandstone or dolomite
porosity units.
Description
To determine the porosity of either quartz sandstone or dolomite
enter the chart with the either the TNPH or NPHI corrected
apparent limestone neutron porosity (CNLcor) on the x-axis. Move
vertically to intersect the appropriate curve and read the porosity
for quartz sandstone or dolomite on the y-axis. The chart has a
built-in salinity correction for TNPH values.
NPHI
NPOR
TNPH
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Thermal neutron porosity (ratio method)

Neutron porosity (environmentally corrected and
enhanced vertical resolution processed)
Thermal neutron porosity (environmentally corrected)
Por
Quartz sandstone formation, TNPH = 18 p.u. (apparent

limestone neutron porosity), and formation salinity =
250,000 ppm.
Porosity in sandstone.
From the TNPH porosity reading of 18 p.u. on the x-axis,
project a vertical line to intersect the quartz sandstone
dashed red curve. From the y-axis, the porosity of the
sandstone is 24 p.u.
207
PorosityWireline
General
CNL* Compensated Neutron Log and Litho-Density* Tool

(fresh water in invaded zone)
Por-11
(former CP-1e)
Porosity and LithologyOpen Hole
Liquid-Filled Borehole (f = 1.000 g/cm3 and Cf = 0 ppm)

1.9
45
2.0
40
Sulfur
Salt
Ap
pro
xim
cor gas ate
rec
tion
2.2
35
15
2.4
30
e
25
ton
s
nd
25
sa
tz
r
e)
a
Qu
ton
s
e
(lim
20
e
t
25
lci
Ca
20
15
10
10
2.6
35
30
30
25
20
15
te
20
mi
o
l
Do
2.5
5
35
30
y
sit
ro
o
P
2.3
10
15
5
Density
porosity,
D (p.u.)
(ma = 2.71 g/cm3,
f = 1.0 g/cm3)
2.7
40
35
2.1
Bulk
density,
b (g/cm3)
45
40
10
0
5
2.8
0
10
2.9
3.0
15
Anhydrite
0
10
20
30
Por
40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, CNLcor (p.u.)
Schlumberger
213
PorosityWireline
General
CNL* Compensated Neutron Log and Litho-Density* Tool

(salt water in invaded zone)
Por-12
(former CP-11)
Liquid-filled borehole (f = 1.190 g/cm3 and Cf = 250,000 ppm)

1.9
45
2.0
45 45
Sulfur
Salt
40
Ap
pro
xim
cor gas ate
rec
tion
2.1
2.2
40
Bulk
density,
b (g/cm3)
10
10
5
2.6
30
35
30
25
30
20
25
15
Density
porosity,
D (p.u.)
(ma = 2.71 g/cm3,
f = 1.19 g/cm3)
10
2.7
35
30
ne
sto
d
n
25
sa
rtz
20
e)
a
Qu
ton
s
0
e
2
(lim
te
i
c
l
Ca
15
20
ite
lom
o
D
15
15
2.5
35
y
sit
ro
o
P
25
2.3
2.4
40
35
5
10
5
5
2.8
10
2.9
15
3.0
Anhydrite
0
10
20
30
40
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, CNLcor (p.u.)

Schlumberger
Por
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-11 with CNL Compensated
Neutron Log and Litho-Density values to approximate the lithology
and determine the crossplot porosity in the saltwater-invaded zone.
214
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Corrected apparent neutron limestone porosity =

16.5 p.u. and bulk density = 2.38 g/cm3.
Crossplot porosity and lithology.
Crossplot porosity = 20 p.u. The lithology is approximately 55% quartz and 45% limestone.
PorosityWireline
General
APS* and Litho-Density* Tools
Por-13
(former CP-1g)
Liquid-Filled Borehole (f = 1.000 g/cm3 and Cf = 0 ppm)

1.9
45
APLC
FPLC
40
2.0
40
35 35
Ap
pro
xim
cor gas ate
rec
tion
2.1
2.2
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
ity
os
r
Po
20 20
15 15
2.6
30
e
n
o
t
ds
an 5
e)
s
2
ton 30
rtz
s
a
e
Qu
(lim
e
t
i
20
lc
Ca 25
25
ite
m
lo
Do
0
0
2
2
25
35
35
25
30
10
55
15
15
00
2.7
15
10 10
2.5
40
30 30
2.3
2.4
40
35
10
10
0
5
2.8
00
2.9
e
rit
yd
h
An
3.0
0
10
20
30
40
Corrected APS apparent limestone neutron porosity, APScor (p.u.)

Schlumberger
Por
Purpose
This chart is used to determine the lithology and porosity from the
Litho-Density bulk density and APS Accelerator Porosity Sonde porosity
log curves (APLC or FPLC). This chart applies to boreholes filled
with freshwater drilling fluid; Chart Por-14 is used for saltwater fluids.
Description
Enter either the APLC or FPLC porosity on the x-axis and the bulk
density on the y-axis. Use the blue matrix curves for APLC porosity
values and the red curves for FPLC porosity values. Anhydrite plots
on separate curves. The gas correction direction is indicated for formations containing gas. Move parallel to the blue correction line if
the APLC porosity is used or to the red correction line if the FPLC
porosity is used.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
APLC porosity = 8 p.u. and bulk density = 2.2 g/cm3.

Approximate quartz sandstone porosity.
Enter at 8 p.u. on the x-axis and 2.2 g/cm3 on the y-axis
to find the intersection point is in the gas-in-formation
correction region. Because the APLC porosity value was
used, move parallel to the blue gas correction line until
the blue quartz sandstone curve is intersected at approximately 19 p.u.
215
PorosityWireline
General
APS* and Litho-Density* Tools (saltwater formation)
Por-14
(former CP-1h)
Liquid-Filled Borehole (f = 1.190 g/cm3 and Cf = 250,000 ppm)

1.9
APLC
FPLC
45 45
2.0
40 40
Ap
pro
xim
cor gas ate
rec
tion
2.1
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
15 15
10 10
2.5
15
5
00
2.7
30
e
n
sto
nd 25
a
)
zs
30
20 20
ne
art
sto
Qu 0
e
2
(lim 5
ite
2
25
c
l
a
te
i
C
15
lom
Do
0
20
2
35
25
40
40
35
30
10
55
2.6
35
30 30
ity
ros
o
P
25
2.4
40
35 35
2.2
2.3
45
10
15
10
2.8
00
2.9
e
rit
yd
h
An
3.0
0
10
20
30
40
Corrected APS apparent limestone neutron porosity, APScor (p.u.)

Schlumberger
Por
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-13 to determine the lithology
and porosity from Litho-Density* bulk density and APS* porosity log
curves (APLC or FPLC) in saltwater boreholes.
216
Example
Given:
APLC porosity = 8 p.u. and bulk density = 2.2 g/cm3.
Find:
Approximate quartz sandstone porosity.
Answer: Enter 8 p.u. on the x-axis and 2.2 g/cm3 on the y-axis to
find the intersection point is in the gas-in-formation correction region. Because the APLC porosity value was
used, move parallel to the blue gas correction line until
the blue quartz sandstone curve is intersected at approximately 20 p.u.
PorosityLWD
General
adnVISION475* 4.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron Tool
Por-15
Fresh Water, Liquid-Filled Borehole (f = 1.0 g/cm3)

1.9
Salt
40
2.0
40
35
ity
os
r
Po
2.1
40
35
30
30
e
ton
s
nd
sa
25
tr z
)
a
ne
Qu
sto
e
lim
20
e(
t
i
25
lc
Ca
ite
om
l
o
20
D
2.2
2.3
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
20
15
2.4
15
10
2.5
30
10
5
2.6
15
5
0
2.7
35
25
10
0
5
2.8
0
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity, ADNcor (p.u.)

Schlumberger
Por
Purpose
This chart is used to determine the crossplot porosity and lithology
from the adnVISION475 4.75-in. density and neutron porosity.
Description
Enter the chart with the adnVISION475 corrected apparent limestone neutron porosity (from Chart Neu-31) and bulk density. The
intersection of the two values is the crossplot porosity. The position
of the point of intersection between the matrix curves represents the
relative percentage of each matrix material.
Example
Given:
ADNcor = 20 p.u. and b = 2.24 g/cm3.
Find:
Answer:
Crossplot porosity and matrix material.

25 p.u. in sandstone.
217
PorosityLWD
General
Por-16

1.9
40
2.0
40
35
2.1
y
30
sit
ro
o
P
30
25
e
n
sto
nd 25
a
s
e)
tz
20
ton
ar
s
u
e
Q
lim
20
e(
t
25
i
lc
Ca
2.2
2.3
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
15
2.4
15
10
2.5
10
35
30
te
mi
o
l
Do
15
2.6
0
2.7
20
35
10
0
5
2.8
0
2.9
3.0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Por
Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart uses the bulk density and apparent limestone porosity from
the adnVISION 6.75-in. Azimuthal Density Neutron tool to determine
the lithology of the logged formation and the crossplot porosity.
Description
This chart is applicable for logs obtained in freshwater drilling
fluid. Enter the corrected apparent limestone porosity and the bulk
density on the x- and y-axis, respectively. Their intersection point
determines the lithology and crossplot porosity.
218
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Corrected adnVISION675 apparent limestone porosity =

20 p.u. and bulk density = 2.3 g /cm3.
Porosity and lithology type.
Entering the chart at 20 p.u. on the x-axis and 2.3 g /cm3
on the y-axis corresponds to a crossplot porosity of
21.5 p.u. and formation comprising approximately
60% quartz sandstone and 40% limestone.
PorosityLWD
General
Por-17

1.9
40
2.0
40
35
2.2
30
30
e
n
sto
nd 25
a
s
e)
tz
ton
ar
s
u
e
Q
lim
20
e(
t
i
lc
ite
Ca
lom
o
D
20
15
20
10
2.5
25
15
2.4
30
25
2.3
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
35
40
ity
ros
o
P
35
2.1
10
15
5
2.6
10
0
2.7
0
5
2.8
2.9
3.0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Por
Schlumberger
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-15 to determine the lithology
and crossplot porosity from adnVISION825 8.25-in. Azimuthal Density
Neutron values.
219
PorosityWireline
General
Sonic and Thermal Neutron Crossplot

Porosity and LithologyOpen Hole, Freshwater Invaded
Purpose
This chart is used to determine crossplot porosity and an approximation of lithology for sonic and thermal neutron logs in freshwater
drilling fluid.
Example
Given:
Description
Enter the corrected neutron porosity (apparent limestone porosity)
on the x-axis and the sonic slowness time (t) on the y-axis to find
their intersection point, which describes the crossplot porosity and
lithology composition of the formation. Two sets of curves are drawn
on the chart. The blue set of curves represents the crossplot porosity
values using the sonic time-average algorithm. The red set of curves
represents the field observation algorithm.
Find:
Answer:
Por
220
Thermal neutron apparent limestone porosity = 20 p.u.

and sonic slowness time = 89 s/ft in freshwater
drilling fluid.
Enter the neutron porosity on the x-axis and the sonic
slowness time on the y-axis. The intersection point is at
about 25 p.u. on the field observation line and 24.5 p.u.
on the time-average line. The matrix is quartz sandstone.
PorosityWireline
General
Por-20
(customary, former CP-2c)
tf = 190 s/ft and Cf = 0 ppm

110
35
40
40
Time average
Field observation
35 35
30
35
30
35
Qu
30 30
ar
tz
sa
nd
sto
ne
25
20
25
30
90
25 25
Po
ros
ity
100
15
Sonic transit time,

t (s/ft)
20
30
15
15
10
10
Sa
lt
20
15
10
70
25
15
20
20
Ca
lci
t
20 e (lim
es
t
25 one
Do
)
lom
ite
80
60
10
10
15
Por
50
An
hy
dr
ite
0
5
5
10
40
0
10
20
30
40
Corrected CNL* apparent limestone neutron porosity, CNLcor (p.u.)

Schlumberger
221
PorosityWireline
General
Por-21
(metric, former CP-2cm)
t f = 620 s/m and Cf = 0 ppm

360
40
40
Time average
Field observation
15
25
10
20
200
15
10
10
15
Sa
lt
20
15
10
15
20
240
30
20
20
260
Sonic transit time,
t (s/m)
Ca
lci
te
(
Do
25
25 lime
lom
sto
ne
ite
)
25
20
280
220
35
30
30
25
25
Po
ros
ity
35
Qu
30 30
ar
tz
sa
nd
sto
ne
30
320
300
35 35
35
340
10
15
0
5
180
An
hy
dri
te
Por
10
0
5
160
140
0
Schlumberger
10
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-20 for metric units.
222
20
30
Corrected CNL* apparent limestone neutron porosity, CNLcor (p.u.)
40
General
Density and Sonic Crossplot

Purpose
This chart is used to determine porosity and lithology for sonic and
density logs in freshwater-invaded zones.
Example
Given:
Description
Enter the chart with the bulk density on the y-axis and sonic slowness time on the x-axis. The point of intersection indicates the type
of formation and its porosity.
Find:
Answer:
Bulk density = 2.3 g /cm3 and sonic slowness

time = 82 s/ft.
Limestone with a crossplot porosity = 24 p.u.
Por

223
General
Por-22
(customary, former CP-7)
t f = 189 s/ft and f = 1.0 g/cm3

1.8
Time average
Field observation
Sylvite
1.9
40
40
2.0
Salt
40
Sulfur
Trona
30
40
2.1
30
30
2.2
40
30
ity
os
r
Po
2.3
20
Gypsum
30
2.4
2.6
2.7
Por
20
10
10
Polyhalite
00
Do
lom
ite
2.8
2.9
10
0 Ca
Qu
ar
0 lcit
tz
e(
sa
lim
nd
es
sto
ton
ne
e)
10
0
0
10
10
2.5
20
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
20
20
20
30
Anhydrite
3.0
40
50
60
70
80
90
Sonic transit time, t (s/ft)

Schlumberger
224
100
110
120
General
Por-23
(metric, former CP-7m)
t f = 620 s/m and f = 1.0 g/cm3

1.8
Time average
Field observation
Sylvite
1.9
40
40
2.0
40
Salt
Sulfur
2.1
30
40
Trona
30
30
30
2.2
40
y
sit
ro
o
P
2.3
20
Gypsum
30
2.4
2.7
2.8
2.9
Por
10
Polyhalite
0
0 Do
lom
ite
2.6
Qu
0 Ca
ar
0 lc
tz
ite
sa
(lim
nd
sto
es
ton
ne
e)
10
0
0
10
10
20
10
10
2.5
20
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
20
20
20
30
Anhydrite
3.0
150
200
Schlumberger
250
300
350
400
Sonic transit time, t (s/m)
Purpose
This chart is used similarly to Chart Por-22 for metric units.
225
PorosityWireline
General
Density, Neutron, and Rxo Logs

Porosity Identification in Hydrocarbon-Bearing FormationOpen Hole
Purpose
This nomograph is used to estimate porosity in hydrocarbon-bearing
formations by using density, neutron, and resistivity in the flushed
zone (Rxo) logs. The density and neutron logs must be corrected for
environmental effects and lithology before entry to the nomograph.
The chart includes an approximate correction for excavation effect,
but if hydrocarbon density (h) is <0.25 g /cm3 (gas), the chart may
not be accurate in some extreme cases:
very high values of porosity (>35 p.u.) coupled with medium

to high values of hydrocarbon saturation (Shr)
Shr = 100% for medium to high values of porosity.
Description
Connect the apparent neutron porosity value on the appropriate
neutron porosity scale (CNL* Compensated Neutron Log or sidewall
neutron porosity [SNP] log) with the corrected apparent density
porosity on the density scale with a straight line. The intersection
point on the 1 scale indicates the value of 1.
Draw a line from the 1 value to the origin (lower right corner)
of the chart for versus Shr.
Enter the chart with Shr from (Shr = 1 Sxo) and move vertically
upward to determine the porosity correction factor () at the intersection with the line from the 1 scale.
This correction factor algebraically added to the porosity 1 gives
the corrected porosity.
Por
230
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Corrected CNL apparent neutron porosity = 12 p.u.,

corrected apparent density porosity = 38 p.u., and
Shr = 50%.
Hydrocarbon-corrected porosity.
Enter the 12-p.u. cor value on the CNL scale. A line from
this value to 38 p.u. on the Dcor scale intersects the 1
scale at 32.2 p.u. The intersection of a line from this
value to the graph origin and Shr = 50% is = 1.6 p.u.
Hydrocarbon-corrected porosity: 32.2 1.6 = 30.6 p.u.
PorosityWireline
General
Density, Neutron, and Rxo Logs
Por-26
Porosity Identification in Hydrocarbon-Bearing FormationOpen Hole
cor
(CNL*)
50
cor
(SNP)
50
(former CP-9)
Dcor
50
50
(p.u.)
40
40
40
40
30
30
30
30
20
20
20
20
(p.u.)
10
10
10
10
Por
0
100
80
60
40
20
Shr (%)
Schlumberger
231
LithologyWireline
General
Density and NGS* Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry Tool

Mineral IdentificationOpen Hole
Purpose
This chart is a method for identifying the type of clay in the wellbore.
The values of the photoelectric factor (Pe) from the Litho-Density*
log and the concentration of potassium (K) from the NGS Natural
Gamma Ray Spectrometry tool are entered on the chart.
Description
Enter the upper chart with the values of Pe and K to determine the
point of intersection. On the lower chart, plotting Pe and the ratio
of thorium and potassium (Th/K) provides a similar mineral evaluation. The intersection points are not unique but are in general areas
defined by a range of values.
Lith
182
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Environmentally corrected thorium concentration

(ThNGScorr) = 10.6 ppm, environmentally corrected
potassium concentration (KNGScorr) = 3.9%, and Pe = 3.2.
Mineral concentration of the logged clay.
The intersection points from plotting values of Pe and K
on the upper chart and Pe and Th/K ratio = 10.6/3.9 = 2.7
on the lower chart suggest that the clay mineral is illite.
LithologyWireline
Density and NGS* Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry Tool
Lith-1
(former CP-18)
10
8
Glauconite
Chlorite
Biotite
6
Photoelectric
factor, Pe
4
Illite
Muscovite
Montmorillonite
2
Kaolinite
0
0
10
Potassium concentration, K (%)
10
8
Glauconite
Biotite
Lith
Chlorite
6
Photoelectric
factor, Pe
Mixed layer
Illite
Muscovite
2
Montmorillonite
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.6
Kaolinite
10
20
30
60
100
Thorium/potassium ratio, Th/K

Schlumberger
183
LithologyWireline
NGS* Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry Tool
Lith-2
(former CP-19)
Heav
y tho
rium
-bea
ring
mine
rals
20
15
Thorium
(ppm)
12
Th/K
= 25
25
Th
/K
=
Possible 100% kaolinite,

montmorillonite,
illite clay line
100% illite point
Kaolinite
K=
Th/
~70% illite
lay
er c
-lay
d
e
Mix
M
on
tm
or
illo
nit
e
10
= 2.0
Th/K
~40%
mica
Illite
Micas
Glauconite
e
orit
Chl
0
0
3.5
~30% glauconite
Th/K = 0.6
Feldspar
Th/K = 0.3
Potassium evaporites, ~30% feldspar

4
Potassium (%)
Schlumberger
Lith
Purpose
This chart is used to determine the type of minerals in a shale
formation from concentrations measured by the NGS Natural
Gamma Ray Spectrometry tool.
Description
Entering the chart with the values of thorium and potassium locates
the intersection point used to determine the type of radioactive minerals that compose the majority of the clay in the formation.
184
A sandstone reservoir with varying amounts of shaliness and

illite as the principal clay mineral usually plots in the illite segment
of the chart with Th/K between 2.0 and 3.5. Less shaly parts of the
reservoir plot closer to the origin, and shaly parts plot closer to the
70% illite area.
LithologyWireline
Platform Express* Three-Detector Lithology Density Tool

Purpose
This chart is used to determine the lithology and porosity of a formation. The porosity is used for the water saturation determination and
the lithology helps to determine the makeup of the logged formation.
Description
Note that this chart is designed for fresh water (fluid density
[f] = 1.0 g/cm3) in the borehole. Chart Lith-4 is used for saltwater
(f = 1.1 g/cm3) formations.
Values of photoelectric factor (Pe) and bulk density (b) from the
Platform Express Three-Detector Lithology Density (TLD) tool are
entered into the chart. At the point of intersection, porosity and
lithology values can be determined.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Freshwater drilling mud, Pe = 3.0, and bulk density =

2.73 g/cm3.
Freshwater drilling mud, Pe = 1.6, and bulk density =
2.24 g/cm3.
Porosity and lithology.
For the first set of conditions, the formation is a
dolomite with 8% porosity.
The second set is for a quartz sandstone formation
with 30% porosity.
Lith

185
LithologyWireline
Lith-3
(former CP-16)
Fresh Water (f = 1.0 g/cm3), Liquid-Filled Borehole
40
2.0
Salt
40
1.9
30
40
2.1
10
2.5
20
10
Bulk density, b
(g/cm3)
Dolomite
2.4
20
ne)
(limesto
Calcite
30
2.3
20
Quartz sandstone
30
2.2
2.6
10
Lith
2.7
2.8
Anhydrite
2.9
3.0
0
3
Photoelectric factor, Pe
Schlumberger
186
LithologyWireline
Lith-4
(former CP-17)
Salt Water (f = 1.1 g/cm3), Liquid-Filled Borehole

1.9
40
40
Salt
2.0
10
Bulk density, b
(g/cm3)
10
20
2.5
Dolomite
2.4
20
ne)
(limesto
Calcite
30
2.3
20
Quartz sandstone
2.2
30
30
40
2.1
10
2.6
Lith
2.7
2.8
Anhydrite
2.9
3.0
0
Schlumberger
This chart is used similarly to Chart Lith-3 for lithology and porosity determination with values of photoelectric factor (Pe) and
bulk density (b) from the Platform Express TLD tool in saltwater
borehole fluid.
187
General
LithologyWireline,
Drillpipe
LWD
Density Tool
Lith-5
Apparent Matrix Volumetric Photoelectric FactorOpen Hole
(former CP-20)
Fresh water (0 ppm), f = 1.0 g/cm3, U f = 0.398

Salt water (200,000 ppm), f = 1.11 g/cm3, U f = 1.36
3.0
2.5
10
20
2.0
30
Bulk density, b
(g/cm3)
40
10
12
Apparent total
porosity, ta (%)
14
Apparent matrix
volumetric photoelectric factor, Umaa
Schlumberger
Lith
Purpose
This chart is used to determine the apparent matrix volumetric
photoelectric factor (Umaa) for the Chart Lith-6 percent lithology
determination.
Description
This chart is entered with the values of bulk density (b) and Pe from
a density log. The value of the apparent total porosity (ta) must also
be known. The appropriate solid lines on the right-hand side of the
chart that indicate a freshwater borehole fluid or dotted lines that
represent saltwater borehole fluid are used depending on the salinity
of the borehole fluid. Uf is the fluid photoelectric factor.
188
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Pe = 4.0, b = 2.5 g/cm3, ta = 25%, and freshwater

borehole fluid.
Apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor (Umaa).
Enter the chart with the Pe value (4.0) on the left-hand
x-axis, and move upward to intersect the curve for
b = 2.5 g/cm3.
From that intersection point, move horizontally right to
intersect the ta value of 25%, using the blue freshwater
curve.
Move vertically downward to determine the Umaa value
on the right-hand x-axis scale: Umaa = 13.
LithologyWireline, LWD
General
Density Tool
Lithology IdentificationOpen Hole
Purpose
This chart is used to identify the rock mineralogy through comparison
of the apparent matrix grain density (maa) and apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor (Umaa).
Description
The values of maa and Umaa are entered on the y- and x-axis, respectively. The rock mineralogy is identified by the proximity of the point
of intersection of the two values to the labeled points on the plot.
The effect of gas, salt, etc., is to shift data points in the directions
shown by the arrows.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
maa = 2.74 g/cm3 (from Chart Lith-9 or Lith-10) and

Umaa = 13 (from Chart Lith-5).
Matrix composition of the formation.
Enter the chart with maa = 2.74 g/cm3 on the y-axis and
Umaa = 13 on the x-axis. The intersection point indicates
a matrix mixture of 20% dolomite and 80% calcite.
Lith

189
General
Density Tool
Lith-6
Lithology IdentificationOpen Hole
(former CP-21)
2.2
2.3
Salt
on
Gas directi
2.4
2.5
K-feldspar
2.6
Apparent matrix
grain density,
maa (g/cm3)
2.7
% calcit
e
20
Quartz
40
60
80
80
Calcite
60
%
tz
ar
qu
2.8
20
40
40
60
20
Dolomite
2.9
Lith
80
Barite
ite
lom
o
d
Heavy minerals
Anhydrite
3.0
Kaolinite
Illite
3.1
2
10
12
Apparent matrix volumetric photoelectric factor, Umaa
Schlumberger
190
14
16
Environmentally Corrected Neutron Curves

MN Plot for Mineral IdentificationOpen Hole
Purpose
This chart is used to help identify mineral mixtures from sonic,
density, and neutron logs.
Description
Because M and N slope values are practically independent of porosity
except in gas zones, the porosity values they indicate can be correlated with the mineralogy. (See Appendix E for the formulas to calculate M and N from sonic, density, and neutron logs.)
Enter the chart with M on the y-axis and N on the x-axis. The
intersection point indicates the makeup of the formation. Points for
binary mixtures plot along a line connecting the two mineral points.
Ternary mixtures plot within the triangle defined by the three constituent minerals. The effect of gas, shaliness, secondary porosity,
etc., is to shift data points in the directions shown by the arrows.
The lines on the chart are divided into numbered groups by porosity range as follows:
1. = 0 (tight formation)
2. = 0 to 12 p.u.
3. = 12 to 27 p.u.
4. = 27 to 40 p.u.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
M = 0.79 and N = 0.51.

Mineral composition of the formation.
The intersection of the M and N values indicates dolomite
in group 2, which has a porosity between 0 to 12 p.u.
Lith

191
Environmentally Corrected Neutron Curves
Lith-7
(former CP-8)
1.1
Freshwater mud
f = 1.0 Mg/m3, t f = 620 s/m
f = 1.0 g/cm3, t f = 189 s/ft
Gypsum
Saltwater mud
f = 1.1 Mg/m3, t f = 607 s/m
f = 1.1 g/cm3, t f = 185 s/ft
1.0
s
Ga r
o lt
sa
Secondary
porosity
0.9
vma = 5943 m/s

= 19,500 ft/s
Quartz sandstone
Calcite (limestone)
0.8
1 2 34
vma = 5486 m/s

= 18,000 ft/s
Dolomite
M
324
Anhydrite
0.7
Sulfur
Approximate
shale
region
0.6
Lith
0.5
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
N
Schlumberger
192
0.7
0.8
LithologyWireline
General
Environmentally Corrected APS* Curves

Purpose
This chart is used to help identify mineral mixtures from APS
Accelerator Porosity Sonde neutron logs.
Description
Because M and N values are practically independent of porosity
except in gas zones, the porosity values they indicate can be correlated with the mineralogy. (See Appendix E for the formulas to calculate M and N from sonic, density, and neutron logs.)
Enter the chart with M on the y-axis and N on the x-axis. The
intersection point indicates the makeup of the formation. Points for
binary mixtures plot along a line connecting the two mineral points.
Ternary mixtures plot within the triangle defined by the three constituent minerals. The effect of gas, shaliness, secondary porosity,
etc., is to shift data points in the directions shown by the arrows.
The lines on the chart are divided into numbered groups by porosity range as follows:
1. = 0 (tight formation)
2. = 0 to 12 p.u.
3. = 12 to 27 p.u.
4. = 27 to 40 p.u.
Because the dolomite spread is negligible, a single dolomite point
is plotted for each mud.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
M = 0.80 and N = 0.55.

Mineral composition of the formation.
Dolomite.
Lith

193
LithologyWireline
General
Environmentally Corrected APS* Curves
Lith-8
(former CP-8a)
1.1
Freshwater mud
f = 1.0 Mg/m3, t f = 620 s/m
f = 1.0 g/cm3, t f = 189 s/ft
Saltwater mud
f = 1.1 Mg/m3, t f = 607 s/m
f = 1.1 g/cm3, t f = 185 s/ft
Gypsum
1.0
s
Ga r
o lt
sa
Secondary
porosity
0.9
vma = 5943 m/s

= 19,500 ft/s
Quartz sandstone
Calcite (limestone)
0.8
12 3,4
Dolomite
vma = 5486 m/s

= 18,000 ft/s
Anhydrite
0.7
Sulfur
Approximate
shale
region
0.6
Lith
0.5
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
N
Schlumberger
194
0.7
0.8
Bulk Density or Interval Transit Time and Apparent Total Porosity

Apparent Matrix ParametersOpen Hole
Purpose
Charts Lith-9 (customary units) and Lith-10 (metric units) provide
values of the apparent matrix internal transit time (t maa) and apparent matrix grain density (maa) for the matrix identification (MID)
Charts Lith-11 and Lith-12. With these parameters the identification
of rock mineralogy or lithology through a comparison of neutron,
density, and sonic measurements is possible.
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Apparent crossplot porosity from density-neutron = 20%,

b = 2.4 g/cm3, apparent crossplot porosity from
neutron-sonic = 30%, and t = 82 s/ft.
maa and t maa.
maa = 2.75 g/cm3 and t maa = 46 s/ft.
Description
Determining the values of t maa and maa to use in the MID Charts
Lith-11 and Lith-12 requires three steps.
First, apparent crossplot porosity is determined using the appropriate neutron-density and neutron-sonic crossplot charts in the
Porosity section of this book. For data that plot above the sandstone curve on the charts, the apparent crossplot porosity is defined
by a vertical projection to the sandstone curve.
Second, enter Chart Lith-9 or Lith-10 with the interval transit
time (t) to intersect the previously determined apparent crossplot
porosity. This point defines t maa.
Third, enter Chart Lith-9 or Lith-10 with the bulk density (b)
to again intersect the apparent crossplot porosity and define maa.
The values determined from Charts Lith-9 and Lith-10 for tmaa and
maa are cross plotted on the appropriate MID plot (Charts Lith-11
and Lith-12) to identify the rock mineralogy by its proximity to the
labeled points on the plot.
Lith

195
Lith-9
Fluid Density = 1.0 g/cm3

Apparent matrix transit time, t maa (s/ft)
130
3.0
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
130
2.9
120
2.8
110
40
2.7
100
Apparent
crossplot
porosity
30
90
20
10
2.5
80
De
ns
ity
-n
eu
tro
n
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
Ne
ut
ro
nso
ni
c
2.6
2.4
70
10
2.3
60
20
2.2
50
30
2.1
40
40
2.0
Lith
30
3.0
2.9
2.8
2.7
2.6
2.5
2.4
Apparent matrix density, maa (g/cm3)

Schlumberger
196
2.3
2.2
2.1
2.0
Interval
transit
time,
t (s/ft)
General
LithologyWireline,
LWD
Lith-10
Fluid Density = 1.0 g/cm3

Apparent matrix transit time, t maa (s/m)
3.0
350
325
300
275
250
225
200
175
150
125
100
2.9
325
40
2.8
2.7
30
Ne
ut
ro
nso
ni
c
2.6
300
Apparent
crossplot
porosity
275
250
20
10
2.5
225
De
ns
ity
-n
eu
tro
n
Bulk density,
b (g/cm3)
350
2.4
200
10
2.3
175
20
2.2
150
30
2.1
Interval
transit
time,
t (s/m)
125
40
2.0
Lith
100
3.0
2.9
2.8
2.7
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.1
2.0
Apparent matrix density, maa (g/cm3)

Schlumberger
Purpose
Charts Lith-9 (customary units) and Lith-10 (metric units) provide
values of the apparent matrix internal transit time (t maa) and apparent matrix grain density (maa) for the matrix identification (MID)
Charts Lith-11 and Lith-12. With these parameters the identification
of rock mineralogy or lithology through a comparison of neutron,
density, and sonic measurements is possible.
197
General
Density Tool
Matrix Identification (MID)Open Hole
Purpose
Charts Lith-11 and Lith-12 are used to establish the type of mineral
predominant in the formation.
Description
Enter the appropriate (customary or metric units) chart with
the values established from Charts Lith-9 or Lith-10 to identify the
predominant mineral in the formation. Salt points are defined for
two tools, the sidewall neutron porosity (SNP) and the CNL*
Compensated Neutron Log. The presence of secondary porosity
in the form of vugs or fractures displaces the data points parallel
to the apparent matrix internal transit time (tmaa) axis. The presence
of gas displaces points to the right on the chart. Plotting some shale
points to establish the shale trend lines helps in the identification
of shaliness. For fluid density (f) other than 1.0 g/cm3 use the table
to determine the multiplier to correct the apparent total density
porosity before entering Chart Lith-11 or Lith-12.
Lith
198
Example
Given:
Find:
Answer:
Multiplier
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.15
1.00
0.98
0.95
0.93
maa = 2.75 g/cm3, t maa = 56 s/ft (from Chart Lith-9),

and f = 1.0 g/cm3.
The predominant mineral.
The formation consists of both dolomite and calcite,
which indicates a dolomitized limestone. The formation
used in this example is from northwest Florida in the
Jay field. The vugs (secondary porosity) created by the
dolomitization process displace the data point parallel
to the dolomite and calcite points.
General
LithologyWireline,
LWD
Density Tool
Lith-11
2.0
Salt
(CNL* log)
Salt
(SNP)
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
on
cti
ire
d
s
Ga
2.5
maa
(g/cm3)
2.6
Quartz
2.7
Calcite
2.8
Dolomite
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
Lith
3.1
30
40
50
60
70
tmaa (s/ft)
Schlumberger
199
Density Tool
Lith-12
2.0
Salt
(CNL* log)
Salt
(SNP)
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
on
cti
ire
d
s
Ga
2.5
maa
(g/cm3)
2.6
Quartz
2.7
Calcite
2.8
Dolomite
2.9
Anhydrite
3.0
Lith
3.1
100
120
140
160
t maa (s/m)
Schlumberger
Purpose
Chart Lith-12 is used similarly to Chart Lith-11 to establish the mineral
type of the formation.
200
180
200
220
240
Resistivity
Schlumberger
Dual LaterologRxo Device
Rint-9b
DLT-D/E LLDLLSRxo device
Thick beds, 8-in. [203-mm] hole,

no annulus, no transition zone, Rxo /Rm = 50,
use data corrected for borehole effect
100
20
80
30
40
50
100
0.50
0.75
80
1.01
60
1.27
70
40
60
1.52
2.03
120
50
3.04
Rt
Rxo
30
1.1
di (in.)
30
1.2
20
di (m)
1.3
15
100
1.4
1.6
20
1.8
15
10
8
Rt
RLLD
10
6
7
RLLD /Rxo
3
3
2
2
1.5
1.5
Rint
1
0.8
Rt
Rxo
di (in.)
di (m)
0.6
100
2.54 60
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.4
0.4
1.52 40
30
1.01
20
0.2
0.75
0.50
0.6
0.8 1.0
1.5
10
15
20
30
40
50
RLLD /RLLS
Schlumberger
6-7
Logging Tool Response in Sedimentary Minerals
Appendix B
Name
Formula
LOG
(g/cm3)
SNP
(p.u.)
CNL
(p.u.)
APS
(p.u.)
(sec/ft)
(sec/ft)
56.0
88.0
(farad/m)
tp
GR
(nsec/m) (API units)
(c.u.)
Pe
1.8
4.8
1.8
3.9
3.5
1.8
3.7
5.0
11
48
45
6.0
19
18
Silicates
Quartz
SiO2
2.64
-Cristobalite
SiO2
2.15
Opal (3.5% H2O)
SiO2 (H2O).1209
2.13
Garnet
Fe3Al2(SiO4)3
4.31
Hornblende
Ca2NaMg2Fe2
AlSi8O22(O,OH)2
3.20
Tourmaline
NaMg3Al6B3Si6O2(OH)4
3.02
16
22
2.1
6.5
7450
Zircon
ZrSiO4
4.50
69
311
6.9
Calcite
CaCO3
2.71
49.0
88.4
5.1
13.8
7.5
9.1
7.1
Dolomite
CaCO3MgCO3
2.85
44.0
72
3.1
9.0
6.8
8.7
4.7
Ankerite
Ca(Mg,Fe)(CO3)2
2.86
9.3
27
Siderite
FeCO3
3.89
12
15
57
Hematite
Fe2O3
5.18
11
42.9
21
111
101
Magnetite
Fe3O4
5.08
73
22
113
103
Geothite
FeO(OH)
4.34
50+
60+
19
83
85
Limonite
FeO(OH)(H2O)2.05
3.59
50+
60+
13
47
Gibbsite
Al(OH)3
2.49
50+
60+
Hydroxyapatite
Ca5(PO4)3OH
3.17
42
5.8
18
9.6
Chlorapatite
Ca5(PO4)3CL
3.18
42
6.1
19
130
Fluorapatite
Ca5(PO4)3F
3.21
42
5.8
19
8.5
Carbonapatite
(Ca5(PO4)3)2CO3H2O
3.13
5.6
17
9.1
Orthoclase
KAISi3O8
2.52
2.9
7.2
4.46.0
7.08.2
~220
16
Anorthoclase
KAISi3O8
2.59
2.9
7.4
4.46.0
7.08.2
~220
16
Microcline
KAISi3O8
2.53
2.9
7.2
4.46.0
7.08.2
~220
16
1.7
4.4
4.46.0
7.08.2
7.5
3.1
8.6
4.46.0
7.08.2
7.2
2.4
6.7
6.27.9
8.39.4
4.8
14
6.3
19
58
43.8
81.5
4.65
7.2
4.3
Carbonates
47
22
6.87.5
8.89.1
52
Oxidates
56.9
79.3
102.6
9.910.9 10.511.0
71
1.1
23
Phosphates
FeldsparsAlkali
69
FeldsparsPlagioclase
Albite
NaAlSi3O8
2.59
Anorthite
CaAl2Si2O8
2.74
Muscovite
KAl2(Si3AlO10)(OH)2
2.82
12
~20
~13
Glauconite
K 0.7(Mg,Fe2,Al)
(Si4,Al10)O2(OH)
2.86
~38
~15
Biotite
K(Mg,Fe)3(AlSi3O10)(OH)2
~2.99
~21
~11
Phlogopite
KMg3(AlSi3O10)(OH)2
49
85
45
Micas
APS
~11
49
149
50.8
224
50
207
~270
17
21
4.86.0
7.28.1
~275
30
33
porosity derived from near-to-array ratio (APLC)

value, which may vary for individual samples
Mean
B-5
Logging Tool Response in Sedimentary Minerals
Appendix B
Name
Formula
LOG
(g/cm3)
SNP
(p.u.)
CNL
(p.u.)
APS
(p.u.)
(sec/ft)
(sec/ft)
Pe
(farad/m)
tp
GR
(nsec/m) (API units)
(c.u.)
Clays
Kaolinite
Al4Si4O10(OH)8
2.41
34
~37
~34
1.8
4.4
~5.8
~8.0
80130
14
Chlorite
(Mg,Fe,Al)6(Si,Al)4
O10(OH)8
2.76
37
~52
~35
6.3
17
~5.8
~8.0
180250
25
Illite
K11.5Al4(Si76.5,Al11.5)
O20(OH)4
2.52
20
~30
~17
3.5
8.7
~5.8
~8.0
250300
18
Montmorillonite
(Ca,Na)7(Al,Mg,Fe)4
(Si,Al)8O20(OH)4(H2O)n
2.12
~60
~60
2.0
4.0
~5.8
~8.0
150200
14
Halite
NaCl
2.04
21
67.0
4.7
9.5
5.66.3
7.98.4
754
Anhydrite
CaSO4
2.98
50
5.1
15
6.3
8.4
12
Gypsum
CaSO4(H2O)2
2.35
50+
60+
60
52
4.0
9.4
4.1
6.8
19
Trona
Na2CO3NaHCO3H2O
2.08
24
35
65
0.71
1.5
16
Tachhydrite
CaCl2(MgCl2)2(H2O)12
1.66
50+
60+
92
3.8
6.4
406
Sylvite
KCl
1.86
8.5
16
Carnalite
KClMgCl2(H2O)6
1.57
41
60+
4.1
Langbeinite
K2SO4(MgSO4)2
2.82
Polyhalite
K2SO4Mg
SO4(CaSO4)2(H2O)2
2.79
14
Kainite
MgSO4KCl(H2O)3
2.12
Kieserite
MgSO4H2)
Epsomite
Evaporites
120
500+
565
6.4
~220
369
3.6
10
~290
24
25
4.3
12
~200
24
40
60+
3.5
7.4
~245
195
2.59
38
43
1.8
4.7
14
MgSO4(H2O)7
1.71
50+
60+
1.2
2.0
21
Bischofite
MgCl2(H2O)6
1.54
50+
60+
2.6
4.0
323
Barite
BaSO4
4.09
267
1090
6.8
Celestite
SrSO4
3.79
55
209
7.9
Pyrite
FeS2
4.99
17
85
90
Marcasite
FeS2
4.87
17
83
88
Pyrrhotite
Fe7S8
4.53
21
93
94
Sphalerite
ZnS
3.85
36
138
Chalopyrite
CuFeS2
4.07
27
109
102
Galena
PbS
6.39
1630
10,400
13
Sulfur
2.02
122
5.4
11
20
Anthracite
CH.358N.009O.022
1.47
37
38
105
0.16
0.23
8.7
Bituminous
CH.793N.015O.078
1.24
50+
60+
120
0.17
0.21
14
Lignite
CH.849N.015O.211
1.19
47
52
160
0.20
0.24
13
100
4.64.8
7.27.3
Sulfides
39.2
62.1
7.88.1
9.39.5
25
Coals
APS
porosity derived from near-to-array ratio (APLC)

value, which may vary for individual samples
Mean
B-6
Water Saturation Grid for Porosity Versus Resistivity
Appendix A
For FR =
5000
0.62
2.15
0.20
Resistivity scale may be

multiplied by 10 for use
in a higher range
4000
0.25
0.30
3000
0.35
2500
0.40
0.45
2000
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
1000
0.90
1.0
Resistivity
Conductivity
1500
1.2
500
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
400
2.5
3.0
300
200
150
100
50
25
10
0
4.0
5.0
6.0
8.0
10
15
20
30
40
50
100
200
t , b
FR
A-3
TOOL CODE LIST

Company Name
Tool Code
Tool Description
Baker Atlas
AC
BHC Acoustilog
Baker Atlas
CDL
Compensated Densilog
Baker Atlas
CN
Compensated Neutron Log
Baker Atlas
DAC
Digital Array Acoustilog
Baker Atlas
DAL
Digital Acoustilog
Baker Atlas
DEL2
Dielectric Log - 200 Mhz
Baker Atlas
DEL4
Dielectric Log - 47 Mhz
Baker Atlas
DLL
Dual Laterolog
Baker Atlas
FMT
Formation Multi-Tester
Baker Atlas
GR
Gamma Ray Log
Baker Atlas
HDIL
High-Definition Induction Log
Baker Atlas
HDLL
High-Definition Lateral Log
Baker Atlas
ISSB
Isolation Sub - Spontaneous Potential
Baker Atlas
MAC
Multipole Array Acoustilog
Baker Atlas
MAC2
Multipole Array Acoustilog
Baker Atlas
ML
Minilog
Baker Atlas
MLL
Micro Laterolog
Baker Atlas
MRIL
Magnetic Resonance Imaging Log
Baker Atlas
PROX
Proximity Log
Baker Atlas
RCI
Reservoir Characterization Instrument
Baker Atlas
SL
Spectralog
Baker Atlas
SP
Baker Atlas
SYST
Surface System
Baker Atlas
TBRT
Thin-Bed Resistivity
Baker Atlas
TTRM
Temperature/Tension/Mud Resistivity Sub
Baker Atlas
WTS
ECLIPS WTS Downhole Common Remote
Baker Atlas
XMAC
Cross-Multipole Array Acoustilog
Baker Atlas
ZDL
Compensated Z-Densilog
Baker Atlas OH
DIFL
Dual Induction Focused Log
Baker Atlas OH
DPIL
Dual Phase Induction Log
Tuesday, September 10, 2002
Page 1 of 5
Company Name
Tool Code
Tool Description
Baker Atlas OH
IEL
Induction Electrolog
Baker Atlas OH
MSL
Micro Spherical Laterolog
Baker INTEQ
DPR
Dual Propogation Resistivity
Baker INTEQ
GR
Gamma Ray
Baker INTEQ
MDL
Modular Density Lithology
Baker INTEQ
MNP
Modular Neutron Porosity
Baker INTEQ
MPR
Multiple Propogation Resistivity
Halliburton
BCS
Borehole Compensated Sonic
Halliburton
BHPT
Borehole Properties Tool
Halliburton
CSNG
Compensated Spectral Natural Gamma Ray
Halliburton
CTN
Compensated Thermal Neutron
Halliburton
DLLT
Dual Laterlog
Halliburton
DSN
Dual Spaced Neutron
Halliburton
EMI
Electrical Micro Imaging
Halliburton
FIAC
Four Independent Arm Caliper
Halliburton
FWS
Full Wave Sonic
Halliburton
HDIL
Hostile Dual Induction
Halliburton
HDTD
Hostile Downhole Tension
Halliburton
HFDT
High Frequency Dielectric
Halliburton
HRI
High Resolution Induction (includes HRAI)
Halliburton
HSN
Hostile Short Normal
Halliburton
MACT
Multi-Arm Caliper Tool
Halliburton
MICLOG
Microlog
Halliburton
MRIL
Magnetic Resonance Image Logging Tool
Halliburton
NGRT
Gamma Ray Tool
Halliburton
SDL
Spectral Density Log
Halliburton
SFT
Sequential Formation Tester
Halliburton
SLD
Stabilized Litho Density
Halliburton
TMD-L
Thermal Multigate Decay-Lithology
Pathfinder
CLSSM
Compensated Long Spaced Sonic MultiLink
Pathfinder
CWRGM
Compensated Wave Resistivity Gamma MultiLink
Pathfinder
DFT
Dynamic Formation Tester
Pathfinder
DNSCM
Density Neutron Standoff Caliper MultiLink
Page 2 of 5
Company Name
Tool Code
Tool Description
Pathfinder
GAM
Gamma Ray Sonde
Pathfinder
HDS1L
High-Speed Directional Survey
Pathfinder
HDS1R
High-Speed Directional Survey Retrievable
Pathfinder
HDSM
High-Speed Directional Survey MultiLink
Pathfinder
SCLSS
Slim Compensated Long Spaced Sonic
Pathfinder
SCWR
Slim Compensated Wave Resistivity
Schlumberger
AACT
Aluminium Activation Clay Tool
Schlumberger
ADN
Azimuthal Density Neutron
Schlumberger
AGS
Aluminium Gamma Ray Spectroscopy Sonde
Schlumberger
AIT
Array Induction Imager
Schlumberger
ALAT
Azimuthal Laterolog
Schlumberger
AMS
Auxiliary Measurement Sonde
Schlumberger
APS
Accelerator Porosity Sonde
Schlumberger
ARC
Array Compensated Resistivity
Schlumberger
BSP
Bridle Spontaneous Potential
Schlumberger
CALI
Generalized Caliper
Schlumberger
CDN
Compensated Density Neutron
Schlumberger
CDR
Compensated Dual Resistivity
Schlumberger
CMR
Combinable Magnetic Resonance
Schlumberger
CNT
Compensated Neutron
Schlumberger
CST
Core Sample Taker
Schlumberger
DIT
Dual Induction
Schlumberger
DLT
Dual Laterlog
Schlumberger
DSLT
Digitizing Sonic Logging
Schlumberger
DSST
Dipole Shear Sonic Imager
Schlumberger
DST
Dual Laterlog with SRT
Schlumberger
DWST
Digital Waterform Sonic
Schlumberger
ECS
Elemental Capture Spectroscopy Sonde
Schlumberger
EPT
Electromagnetic Propagation
Schlumberger
ES
Electrical Survey Tool
Schlumberger
FGT
Formation Gamma Gamma
Schlumberger
GFA
Formation Tester Gamma Ray Detector
Schlumberger
GFT
Formation Tester Gamma Ray
Page 3 of 5
Company Name
Tool Code
Tool Description
Schlumberger
GNT
Gamma Neutron
Schlumberger
GRA
Geochemical Reservoir Analyzer
Schlumberger
GRT
Gamma Ray
Schlumberger
GST
Gamma Spectroscopy
Schlumberger
HDT
High Resolution Dipmeter
Schlumberger
HGNS
HILT Gamma Ray Neutron Sonde
Schlumberger
HILT
High Resolution Integrated Logging
Schlumberger
HIT
Hostile Array Induction
Schlumberger
HLDS
Hostile Litho-Density Sonde
Schlumberger
HLDT
Hostile Environment Litho-Density
Schlumberger
HNGS
Hostile Gamma Ray Neutron Sonde
Schlumberger
HNGT
Hostile Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry
Schlumberger
HRDD
HILT High Resolution Density Device
Schlumberger
HRGD
HILT High Resolution Resitivity Gamma Ray Density Device
Schlumberger
HRLT
High-Resolution Laterolog Array Tool
Schlumberger
HSGT
Hostile Environment Gamma Ray
Schlumberger
IMPA
Compensated Array Resistivtiy
Schlumberger
IRT
Induction Resistivity
Schlumberger
ISONIC
LWD Sonic
Schlumberger
LDS
Litho Density Sonde
Schlumberger
LDT
Litho Density
Schlumberger
MDLT
Medium Dual Laterolog
Schlumberger
MDT
Modular Formation Dynamics Tester
Schlumberger
MLT
Microlog
Schlumberger
MRPS
Modular Formation Dynamics Tester Single-Probe
Schlumberger
MRSC
Modular Formation Dynamics Tester Sample Chamber
Schlumberger
MRWD
Magnetic Resonanace While Drilling
Schlumberger
MWD
Measurement While Drilling
Schlumberger
NGS
Natural Gamma Ray Sonde
Schlumberger
NGT
Natural Gamma Ray Spectrometry
Schlumberger
NMT
Nuclear Magnetism
Schlumberger
NPLC
Nuclear Porosity Lithology
Schlumberger
NPLT
Nuclear Porosity Lithology
Page 4 of 5
Company Name
Tool Code
Tool Description
Schlumberger
OBDT
Oil Base Mud Dipmeter
Schlumberger
OBMT
Oil Base Mud Formation Imager
Schlumberger
PGT
Compensated Density
Schlumberger
PNT
Sidewall Neutron Tool
Schlumberger
RAB
Azimuthal Laterolog - Gamma Ray
Schlumberger
RFT
Repeat Formation Tester
Schlumberger
SAIT
Slimhole Array Induction
Schlumberger
SDT
Sonic Digital
Schlumberger
SGT
Scintillation Gamma Ray
Schlumberger
SHARP
Slim Hole Retrievable MWD Tool
Schlumberger
SHDT
Stratigraphic High Resolution Dipmeter Tool
Schlumberger
SLDT
Slimhole Litho-Density
Schlumberger
SLIM1
Slim Hole Retrievable MWD Tool
Schlumberger
SLT
Sonic Logging
Schlumberger
SMRT
Slim Micro Resistivity Tool
Schlumberger
SNPD
Sidewall Neutron Tool
Schlumberger
SP
Schlumberger
SPE
SP Extender
Schlumberger
SRT
Microspherically Focused Resistivity
Schlumberger
SSLT
SLIM Sonic Logging
Schlumberger
TDT
Thermal Decay Time
Schlumberger
VIPER
VIPER Slimhole Coiled Tubing MWD Tool
Sperry-Sun
CN
Compensated Neutron Porosity
Sperry-Sun
DGR
Dual Gamma Ray
Sperry-Sun
EWP4
EWR - Phase 4
Sperry-Sun
EWRS
Electromagnetic Wave Resistivity (Shielded)
Sperry-Sun
NGP
Natural Gamma Probe
Sperry-Sun
PPFG
Pore Pressure/Fracture Gradient
Sperry-Sun
S175
Solar 175
Sperry-Sun
SFD
Simultaneous Formation Density
Sperry-Sun
SLD
Stabilized Litho Density
Page 5 of 5
Wireline Log Interpretation Course

Case Study
Data:
North Sea Well

Rmf = 0.069 ohm-m at 60 F
Formation temperature = 160 F
You are required to make a complete interpretation of this section to include lithology,
porosity estimations and Sw calculations. You should identify 12 depth levels to evaluate
the entire section, including at least 3 levels in any water saturated zones in order to
evaluate Rw. Ensure you have sufficient levels in different fluid types. Be careful
selecting levels to choose valid data points.
1. Identify lithologies and bed boundaries
2. Identify hydrocarbon bearing zones; hydrocarbon types; fluid contacts
3. Construct a Resistivity-Porosity Crossplot ( RPCP) to:
Calculate Rw;
Construct lines of Sw: 50%, 25%, 10%, 5%
Estimate Sw for each depth level visually from this plot
4. Calculate Porosity for each depth level using sonic, density and neutron porosity
data. Use appropriate algorithms and charts, and average the results. Where
necessary perform Vsh corrections and hydrocarbon (gas) corrections.
5. Calculate Rw using
Rt/F
Resistivity Ratio Method
And choose the best result to use in Sw calculations
6. Calculate Sw for each depth level using the Archie Formula;
you will need to:
a) Use one value of Rw for the entire section
b) Use F = 0.62/2.15
c) Make Invasion Corrections for Rt using chart Rint-9
Registered in England No: 3112481
Group Presentations
Group 1:
67 140
Group 2:
110 180
Group 3:
150 220
Each group should collate their individual results and interpretations to produce a group
interpretation.
Prepare graphics and tabulated data on Flip Chart paper to illustrate your results.
Your presentation and results should include:
Lithology and boundaries
Permeable Zones
Fluids and fluid contacts
Vsh estimates
Porosity estimates
Sw estimates (for RPCP; Archie and Resistivity ratio methods)
Moveability Index for each depth (Sxo Sw)
Rw estimate (explain methodologies used)
Rmf corrected for formation temperature
Explain your methodologies and how you recognised lithologies, fluids etc.
3 Fortuna Court
Calleva Park
Aldermaston,
Reading, RG7 8UB
Tel: 0118 982 0151
Fax:0118 982 0152
Determination of Porosity
1. Read Bulk Density (b), Neutron Porosity (N) and Sonic (t) values from the log
2. Porosity from Bulk Density:
Use chart Por-3 or the associated formula. You will need to know the matrix
density of the reservoir rock and make an estimation of fluid density; this will be
the density of the mud filtrate.
3. Porosity from Neutron Porosity:
Use chart Por-5 to make a lithology correction to the apparent porosity figure
you have read from the log. If unsure use the TNPH salty water curves.
4. Porosity from Sonic log:
Use chart Por-1 or the associated formula. On the chart use the curved field
observation lines.
5. Shale free and liquid filled rocks?
Use an average of the three values, unless, particularly in carbonates there is
significant secondary porosity in which case the sonic may be less reliable.
6. Shaly sands?
a) Calculate Vsh from GR or S.P.
b) Correct N and D for Vsh and average the results.
Nc = N (Vsh x N shale)
Dc = D (Vsh x D shale)
7. Gas or Light Oil?
Use Chart Por-26 to correct N and D for gas, after having made any
necessary shale corrections.
Final correction to 1 uses Shr (Residual hydrocarbon saturation) which
is: Shr = 1-Sxo. For Sxo you will need Rmf (corrected to formation
temperature); F (using 1) for your porosity thus far; and Rxo from the
micro resistivity log

STAG Wireline Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

STAG Wireline Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

technical training 2007

technical training 2007

Spontaneous Potential Logs

Gamma Ray Logs

Bulk Density Logs

Neutron Porosity Logs

Shaly Sand Analysis

LWD Imaging Logs

Log Interpretation Charts

Figure 1: Table of Contents

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 1: First Electric Log

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 2: First Schlumberger Log

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

The Wireline Logging Process

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 3: Wireline Logging Schematic

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 4: Wireline Unit

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Sonic Transit Time

Figure 5: Example Log

Measurement While Drilling

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Drilling Mud Type

Mud Invasion Profile

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Relationship of Pore Water to Mud Filtrate

Tool Depth of Investigation

N. B. When used in Quick Look calculations, porosity is expressed

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Size of available pores

Connecting passages between them

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Morris and Biggs

Where C is a constant as follows:

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 6: Bulk Volume Water

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

(1m beneath sea bed): 35F: (1.5 C )

Bottom Hole Temperature

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 7: Invasion Profiles

Resistivity Log Profiles

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 8: ISF-Sonic Log

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 9: High Resolution Laterolog

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 10: Log Header

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 11: Log Presentation

Logging Tool Combinations

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation

Figure 12: Baker Atlas Focus Log

Wireline Logs & LWD Interpretation